198
PhD Program Document October 2020

October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    1

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

PhD Program Document

October 2020

Page 2: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

2

Table of Contents

PROGRAM GOALS .................................................................................................................................................. 4

THE PLOS AND THEIR MAPPING WITH THE QF-EMIRATES ...................................................................................... 4

QFE GRID – DOCTORS OF PHILOSOPHY (PHD) ........................................................................................................ 5

CORE COURSES .............................................................................................................................................................. 5 SPECIALIZATION COURSES ................................................................................................................................................ 7

MANAGEMENT - SPECIALIZATION COURSES ......................................................................................................... 7 FINANCE - SPECIALIZATION COURSES ................................................................................................................... 7 MARKETING - SPECIALIZATION COURSES .............................................................................................................. 8 ACCOUNTING - SPECIALIZATION COURSES ........................................................................................................... 9 DISSERTATION ..................................................................................................................................................... 10

PHD PROGRAM COURSE SEQUENCE .................................................................................................................... 11

MANAGEMENT SPECIALIZATION ...................................................................................................................................... 11 MARKETING SPECIALIZATION .......................................................................................................................................... 11 FINANCE SPECIALIZATION ............................................................................................................................................... 11 ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION ........................................................................................................................................ 11

PHD COURSE SYLLABI........................................................................................................................................... 12

CORE COURSES ............................................................................................................................................................ 12 MGM 700 - Evolution of Management Thought ................................................................................................. 12 STA 701- Business Statistics ................................................................................................................................ 20 RES 712 - Qualitative Research Methods ............................................................................................................ 26 RES 708 - Quantitative Research Methods ......................................................................................................... 32 BECON 702 – Business Economics ....................................................................................................................... 38 MKT 710 – Marketing Management ................................................................................................................... 44 RES 704 – Advance Quantitative Analysis ........................................................................................................... 50 FIN 714 – Empirical Finance ................................................................................................................................ 56 SCL 716 - Operations and Supply Chain Management ........................................................................................ 61 BUS 718 - Business Strategy ................................................................................................................................ 67

MANAGEMENT SPECIALIZATION ............................................................................................................................. 73 MGM 735 - Strategic Management .................................................................................................................... 73 MGM 740 - Organizational Theory & Behavior................................................................................................... 81 MGM 745 - Human Resources Management ..................................................................................................... 88 MGM 750 - Leadership Theory .......................................................................................................................... 101

MARKETING SPECIALIZATION ................................................................................................................................ 111 MKT 735 - Marketing Strategy .......................................................................................................................... 111 MKT 740 - Consumer Behavior .......................................................................................................................... 118 MKT 745 - Current Issues in Marketing ............................................................................................................. 126 MKT 750 - Services Marketing .......................................................................................................................... 134

FINANCE SPECIALIZATION ..................................................................................................................................... 143 FIN 735 - Investment Analysis and Asset Pricing ............................................................................................... 143 FIN 740 - Financial Market Microstructure ....................................................................................................... 150 FIN 745 - Current Research Issues in Finance .................................................................................................... 158 FIN 750 - Corporate Finance ............................................................................................................................. 167

ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION ............................................................................................................................. 173 ACC 735 - Financial Accounting......................................................................................................................... 173

Page 3: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

3

ACC 740 - Management Accounting ................................................................................................................. 179 ACC 745 - Current Accounting Issues ................................................................................................................ 184 ACC 750 - Business valuation ............................................................................................................................ 191

Page 4: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

4

Program Goals 1. Support PhD candidates to create theoretical and practical business knowledge independently

through empirical research.

2. Produce research-oriented scholars who contribute to the economic growth of the UAE.

THE PLOS AND THEIR MAPPING WITH THE QF-EMIRATES

The four PLOs as follows:

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and

current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business oriented challenges and develop a

framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative

solutions of current business oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

The mapping of the PLOs with the QF-Emirates are shown in Table 1.

Mapping of program objectives with QF-Emirates

Knowledge Skills Competence

PLOs

a) Autonomy and

responsibility

b) Role in

context

c) Self-development

PLO1 Full

PLO2

Full

Full

PLO3

Full

Full

PLO4

Full

Table No: 1

Page 5: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

5

QFE GRID – DOCTORS OF PHILOSOPHY (PHD)

Core Courses

CLO #

PHD COURSE LEARNING OUTCOME (CLO) QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO Blooms

Level K S AR SD RC

STA 701 BUSINESS STATISTICS

1 Understand how to collect and represent experimental and observational data

AN √ √

1,2 1

2 Identify probability distributions in different areas of business

AN √ √

1,2 1

3 Manage interval estimates for a variety of hypothesized parameters.

E, APP √ √

1,2 1

4 Evaluate possible existing relationships between variables E, APP √ √

1,2 2

5 Integrate statistical techniques into the decision-making process.

S

√ √ √ 2 2

RES 712 QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS

1 Decide which research strategies and research designs to choose for their project;

APP √ √

1 1

2 Collect qualitative data through participant observation, interviews, focus groups or compilation of documents;

AN

√ √

1 1

3 Analyze qualitative data; S √ √ √ √ √ 2 2

4 Code data with any qualitative software data package such as Atlas or NVivo.

E

√ √ 2 1

RES 708 QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS

1 Identify an appropriate statistical methodology for the identified problem

AN √ √ 1 1

2 Analyze data applying appropriate statistical techniques E, APP √ √ 1 2

3 Evaluate the results E, APP √ √ √ √ 2 2

4 Formulate the research problem requiring empirical research

C √ √ √ √ √ 2 2

MGM 700 Evolution of Management Thought

1 Analyze contributions of key management thinkers APP √ √ 1 1

2 Compare management theories as related to UAE/GCC context

AN √ √ 1 1

3 Evaluate impact of the environment on the development of management theory

S √ √ √ √ √ 2 2

4 Critique literature on a particular topic E √ √ 2 2

RES 704 ADVANCED QUANTITATIVE ANALYSES

1 Apply econometric techniques for UAE//MEA data set. APP √ √ 1 1

2 Analyze business problems of UAE//MEA countries AN √ √ 1 1

3 Apply statistical techniques using SPSS with data sets. APP √ √ √ √ 1 2

4 Predict business levels of UAE/MEA business using STATA/CMA

E √ √ √ √ 2 2

BECON 702 BUSINESS ECONOMICS

1 Develop an understanding how macroeconomic models are used in economic analysis.

APP √ √ 1 1

Page 6: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

6

CLO #

PHD COURSE LEARNING OUTCOME (CLO) QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO Blooms

Level K S AR SD RC

2 Identify business cycle fluctuations in macroeconomic data and explain possible causes and government responses using macroeconomic equilibrium models.

AN √ √ 1 1

3 Analyze existing knowledge by explaining what macroeconomic models are used in different areas of economics and business analysis.

S √ 2 2

4 Evaluate macroeconomic models and present an argument by applying theoretical concepts in analyzing macroeconomic policies.

E √ √ √ √ √ 2 2

MKT 710 MARKETING MANAGEMENT

1 Discuss and apply segmentation, targeting, positioning and consumer behavior strategies.

AN √

1 1

2 Evaluate and implement product, promotion, place and price strategies

S, E, APP

√ √ √ √ 2 2

3 Critically evaluate the marketing literature published in the academic journals

AN, S, E

2 2

FIN 714 EMPIRICAL FINANCE

1 Review and synthesize relevant literature related to corporate finance Critique research works in markets and microstructure AN √ √ 1

2

2 Critique relevant literature and provide critical analysis of corporate finance issues.

S √ √ 2 2

3 Integrate reviewed literature in a research project on a particular topic in the field E √ √ √ √ √ 2

2

SCL 716 OPERATIONS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

1 Develop an understanding of the key concepts in logistics

and supply chain management AN

√ √ 1

1

2 Identify optimal strategy and risks while managing operations and supply chain management.

S √ √ 2

1

3 Analyze the different components of the operations and supply chain management. E

√ √ √ √ √ 2

2

4 Evaluate the different tools and methods of designing and implementing supply chain management strategies.

E √ √ √ √ √

2

2

BUS 718 BUSINESS STRATEGY

1 Identify Core issues in a competitive business. AN √ √

1,2 1

2 Conduct industry analysis to gauge the level of entry barriers into a business.

AN √ √

1,2 1

3 Evaluate existing relationships between competitive elements of a business.

E, APP √ √

1,2 2

4 Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process.

E, APP √ √

1,2 2

5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages accruing to firms.

S

√ √ √ 2 2

Page 7: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

7

In addition to the core courses above, students will choose one of the specializations below and take

four courses in that specialization:

Specialization Courses

MANAGEMENT - SPECIALIZATION COURSES

Course Title and its CLOs Bloom

QFE Strands Linked to CLO

Linked to PLO MGM 735 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT K S AR SD RC

1 Analyze research issues, theory and contributions in the field of Strategy/Strategic Management AN

√ √ √ √

1

3 2

Evaluate literature on particular topics in Strategy/Strategic Management in the global and regional context

E √ √ √ √

1

3

Formulate and link the theories or propositions in

Strategy/Strategic Management to

theoretical/conceptual framework C

2

MGM 740 ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY AND BEHAVIOR

1 Analyze research works in organizational theory and behavior research. AN

√ √ √ √ 1

3 2 Evaluate literature on particular topics in organizational theory and behavior.

E √ √ √ √

1

3 Formulate new theories or propositions in organizational theory and behavior research. C

√ 2

MGM 745 HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

1 Analyze research issues, theory and contributions in the field of HRM AN

√ √ √ √

1

3

2 Evaluate literature on particular topics in human resource management in the global and regional context

E √ √ √ √

1

3

Formulate and link the theories or propositions in

human resource management research to

theoretical/conceptual framework C

2

MGM 750 LEADERSHIP THEORY

1 Analyze research works in leadership theory. AN √ √ √ √ 1 3

2 Evaluate literature on particular topics in leadership. E √ √ √ √ 1

3 Formulate new theories or extend existing theories on leadership.

C √ 2

FINANCE - SPECIALIZATION COURSES

Course Title and its CLOs Bloom

QFE Strands Linked to CLO

Linked to PLO FIN 735 INVESTMENTS AND ASSET PRICING K S AR SD RC

1 Review and analyze major research ideas in the field of investments and asset pricing

AN √ √ 1

3 2 Integrate research works in investments/asset pricing

S √ √ 1

3 Evaluate literature on particular topics in investment / asset pricing

E √ √ √ √ √ 2

FIN 740 FINANCIAL MARKET MICROSTRUCTURE

Page 8: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

8

1 Review and analyze major research ideas in the field of financial markets and microstructure

AN √ √ 1

3 2 Critique research works in markets and microstructure

S √ √ 1

3 Evaluate literature on particular topics in Financial markets

E √ √ √ √ √ 2

FIN 745 CURRENT RESEARCH ISSUES IN FINANCE

1 Review and analyze major research ideas in the field of finance

AN √ √ 1

3 2 Critique research works in finance S √ √ 1

3 Evaluate literature on particular topics in Finance E √ √ √ √ √ 2

FIN 750 EMPIRICAL FINANCE

1 Review and synthesize relevant literature related to corporate finance.

AN √ √ 1

3 2 Critique relevant literature and provide critical analysis of corporate finance issues.

S √ √ 2

3 Integrate reviewed literature in a research project on a particular topic in the field.

E √ √ √ √ √ 2

MARKETING - SPECIALIZATION COURSES

Course Title and its CLOs Bloom

QFE Strands Linked to CLO

Linked to PLO MKT 735 MARKETING STRATEGY K S AR SD RC

1 Analyze the role of marketing dynamics within the organization in UAE and GCC context

APP √ √ 1 3

2 Evaluate sustainable competitive advantage of the firms in UAE and GCC context

AN √ √ 1

3 Identify Channel Marketing relations with the external environment in UAE/GCC context

S √ √ √ √ √ 2

4 Evaluate literature related to marketing strategy. E √ √ √ √ 2

MKT 740 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR

1 Analyze the research ideas in consumer behavior within the organization in UAE and GCC context

AN √ √ 1 3

2 Review assigned research papers to summarize ideas, methodology, theoretical framework and methodology.

S √ √ √ √ √ 2

3 Evaluate and critique research articles dealing with consumer behavior.

E √ √ √ √ 2

MKT 745 CURRENT ISSUES IN MARKETING

1 Analyze the research ideas in marketing within the organization in UAE and GCC context

AN √ √ 1 3

2 Review assigned research papers to summarize ideas, methodology, theoretical framework and methodology.

S √ √ √ √ √ 2

3 Evaluate and critique research articles dealing with emerging marketing issues.

E √ √ √ √ 2

MKT 750 SERVICES MARKETING

Page 9: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

9

Course Title and its CLOs Bloom

QFE Strands Linked to CLO

Linked to PLO MKT 735 MARKETING STRATEGY K S AR SD RC

1 Review and analyze the major concepts and tools relevant to selected topics in contemporary services marketing literature.

AN √ √ 1 3

2 Critically evaluate research papers in service marketing. S √ √ √ √ √ 2

3 Integrate reviewed literature in a research proposal that pertains to a specific services marketing topic in UAE/GCC context

E √ √ √ √ 2

ACCOUNTING - SPECIALIZATION COURSES

Course Title and its CLOs Bloom

QFE Strands Linked to CLO

Linked to PLO ACC 735 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING K S AR SD RC

1 Synthesize relevant literature in financial accounting AN √ √ 1

3 2 Critique literature of a financial accounting issue. S √ √ √ √ √ 2

3 Integrate reviewed literature in a research project on a particular financial accounting topic.

E √ √ √ √ 2

ACC 740 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING

1 Synthesize relevant literature of managerial accounting. AN √ √ 1

3 2 Critique research work in managerial accounting. S √ √ √ √ √ 2

3 Integrate reviewed literature in a research project on a topic in managerial accounting

E √ √ √ √ 2

ACC 745 CURRENT ACCOUNTING ISSUES

1 Review relevant literature such as auditing. AN √ √ 1

3 2 Critique a proposed or new accounting standard to support it or refute it.

S √ √ √ √ √ 2

3 Integrate reviewed literature in a research proposal on a specific topic in the field

E √ √ √ √ 2

ACC 750 BUSINESS VALUATION

1 Review relevant literature such as business valuation. AN √ √ 1

3 2 Critique a proposed or new business valuation to support it or refute it.

S √ √ √ √ √ 2

3 Integrate reviewed literature in a research proposal on a specific topic in the field

E √ √ √ √ 2

INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E -Evaluate, C- Create

QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD-Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

PO 1

PO 2

PO 3

PO 4

Page 10: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

10

DISSERTATION

All students will then do the dissertation

Course Title and its CLOs Bloom

QFE Strands Linked to CLO

Linked to PLO DISS 760 DOCTORAL DISSERTATION K S AR SD RC

1 Apply theoretical and methodological understanding and skills into devising researchable ideas and specific research questions.

AN √ √

1,2

4

2 Develop a realistic and defendable research proposal with specific research strategies.

E, C √ √ √ √ √ 1,2

3 Articulate research ideas and their appropriate theoretical and methodological issues effectively and efficiently.

E, C √ √ √ √ √ 1,2

4 Produce a defendable dissertation proposal. C √ √ √ √ √ 2,3

5 Ultimately produce and defend a dissertation that meets the requirements for the award of a Ph.D.

C √ √ √ √ √ 2,3

Page 11: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

11

PHD PROGRAM COURSE SEQUENCE No. Course code Course title

1 MGM 700 Evolution of Management Thought

2 STA 701 Business Statistics

3 RES 712 Qualitative Research Methods

4 RES 708 Quantitative Research Methods

5 BECON 702 Business Economics

6 MKT 710 Marketing Management

7 RES 704 Advanced Quantitative Analysis

8 FIN 714 Empirical Finance

9 SCL 716 Operations and Supply Chain Management

10 BUS 718 Business Strategy

Thereafter students choose ONE of Four Specializations

Management Specialization No. Course code Course title

1 MGM 735 Strategic Management

2 MGM 740 Organizational Theory & Behavior

3 MGM 745 Human Resources Management

4 MGM 750 Leadership Theory

Marketing Specialization No. Course code Course title

1 MKT 735 Marketing Strategy

2 MKT 740 Consumer Behavior

3 MKT 745 Current Issues in Marketing

4 MKT 750 Services Marketing

Finance Specialization No. Course code Course title

1 FIN 735 Investment Analysis and Asset Pricing

2 FIN 740 Financial Market Microstructure

3 FIN 745 Current Research Issues in Finance

4 FIN 750 Corporate Finance

Accounting Specialization No. Course code Course title

1 ACC 735 Financial Accounting

2 ACC 740 Management Accounting

3 ACC 745 Current Accounting Issues

4 ACC 750 Business valuation

Page 12: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

12

PhD Course Syllabi Core Courses

MGM 700 - Evolution of Management Thought

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Evolution of Management Thought Course Code MGM 700

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description: This course focuses on critical and analytical review of the management theories over the years from pre-

Scientific Management era, to the present day. Students are encouraged to compare and contrast management

theories and to examine them critically in light of their environmental context.

Course Objectives (CO): The focus of this course is the historical development of the management theories from

pre-Scientific Management era, then to Scientific Management, to Administrative Management, to Behavioral

Management and gradually leading up to more contemporary management theories. Week 7 and 8 are devoted

specifically to modern management theories. The listed core reading text (Wren, 2008) provides an exhaustive

survey of literature topics for that week. Student is expected to top this up with his research supplementing this

literature. The additional reference material in the form of a handbook (Armstrong, 2020) guides the student to

more modern approaches.

The course designed in this way to enlighten students on how management theories have evolved, and by providing

the foundation of management thought. Students will understand why management theories in the past differs from

the present, by appreciating the influence of environmental, economic and social factors during each relevant time

period i.e. adopting a contextualized approach. Without this approach there is danger of this course becoming

another management course with n number of branches (recruitment, training, retention, awards, performance

appraisals, motivation and so on) – which it is intended to be avoided.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)

Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:

1. Analyze the evolution of management theories 2. Compare and evaluate methods of management practices globally, with those in the UAE/GCC 3. Evaluate what impact the culture and the environment has on the development of the management theory. 4. Critique literature with a view to preparing a research design.

Page 13: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

13

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Educational Resources

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO

Linked to

Blooms

Taxonomy

level

QFE Alignment √ Linked

to CO

Linked

to PO

Ind.

Assign

ment 1

Ind.

Assign

ment 2

Term Paper

(marks)

(40&

K S AR SD RC

1 AN √ √ 1 1 15

2 E √ √ 1 2 30

Educational Resource Description

Textbook: purchase

recommended

-The Evolution of Management Thought – 6th Edition – Dec 2009 by Wren, D.A., Arthur

G. Bedeian; Wiley, ISBN: 9780470128978.

-Reason & Rigor- 2nd Edition- 2017, Ravitch and Riggan; Sage; ISBN: 978-1-4833-4040-1.

Reference- - A History of Management Thought (2012) – by Morgen Witzel. Routledge, ISBN: 978-

0-415-60057-6 (hbk) ; ISBN: 978-0-415-60058-3 (pbk) ; ISBN: 978-0-203-14560-9 (ebk)

-The Routledge Companion to Management and Organizational History (2015) by

Patricia Genoe McLaren (Editor), Albert J. Mills (Editor), Terrance G. Weatherbee

(Editor).

-Guide to the Management Gurus (2012) by Carol Kennedy. Cornerstone Digital; 5Rev

Ed edition

(note: these books are slightly dated, but classics are worth buying)

FOR READINGS ON CONTEMPORARY TOPICS

Students are advised to refer to end chapter references in the following.

-Armstrong, M (2020). Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management

Practice. Paperback: 800 pages. ISBN-10: 0749498277. ISBN-13: 978-0749498276.

Publisher: Kogan Page (3 Jan. 2020)

Supporting Reading Will be circulated in class.

Page 14: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

14

3 E √ √ 2 2 15

4 S √ √ √ 2 4 40

Total 30 30 40

Class Participation will earn 10%

INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E -Evaluate QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD-Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of class work (assignments), and a term paper. Class work constitutes 60%

of the course grade and one term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is

assigned according to the following:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due

Date

Assignment 1 Critically examine the link between the following

management theories and practices and their

environment (Political, economic, social and

technological):

- pre scientific

- scientific management

- Human relations

Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1, & 3

30 Week 4

Assignment 2 This assignment will be focused on the evaluating a

chosen author’s theory (contemporary only) and its

2 30 Week 8

Page 15: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

15

applicability to modern management problems

encountered, in particular in the UAE/Gulf region.

Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

Project/Term

Paper

The term paper resembles a very rough working paper

on the student’s Research Proposal, since this is the first

term for the student. This paper will discuss the topic of

the students’ intended research and its relevance in the

GCC context. The paper will also contain a problem

statement, mention the applicable theories and propose

a research design outline. The paper will serve as an

important exercise on how to design a research project.

For those who plan to conduct empirical research in

their dissertations, this paper should ideally form the

basis of their dissertation proposals. For students

intending to do a qualitative research, the term paper

requires a description of the subject matter, problem

statement and issues that will be explored, with the

relevant management theory as a backdrop.

Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

4

40 Week 9

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php

2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weeks Topic CLO

1 TOPIC -1 (Ch2)

Management in Early Civilizations:

the near east; the far east; Egypt; the Hebrews; Greece; Rome; the catholic church;

feudalism and the middle ages; the revival of commerce

TOPIC -2 (Ch3)

The Industrial Revolution in Great Britain and associated management issues. Emergence

of management as fourth factor of production.

Management Problems in the Early Factory: recruitment, training, discipline and

motivation; the search for managerial talent; management functions in the early factory.

2,3

2 TOPIC -3 (Ch4) 3

Page 16: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

16

Weeks Topic CLO

Management Pioneers in the Early Factory : Robert Owen; Charles Babbage; Andrew Ure;

Charles Dupin.

TOPIC -4 (Ch5 & 6)

The Industrial Revolution in the United States:

Antebellum Industry and Management

Early industrial development

The Railroads and their impact on Management

The communication revolution

Daniel Mccallum: system and organization

Henry Varnum’s broader view of management; the then emerging governance issues

3 TOPIC – 5 (Ch 7)

The Advent of Scientific Management

Frederick Taylor: the search for science in management; quest for improved incentives;

the task-management system

TOPIC-6 (Ch8)

Quest for efficiency

Approaches of Carl Barth and H. L. Gantt

The Gilbreths

Harrington Emerson’s contribution

Quest for efficiency in Public-Sector

1,3

4 TOPIC-7 (Ch9)

The advent of personnel management

Psychology and the birth of social psychology and industrial sociology

Trade union movement

TOPIC-8 (Ch10

The Emergence of Process and Organization Theory

Contributions of Henry Fayol, Max Weber

The emergence of need for management theory

Planning, organizing, Command, Coordination, and Control

The advent of Bureaucracy

ASSIGNMENT 1 PRESENTATION & SUBMISSION

1,4

5 TOPIC-9 (Ch11)

Scientific Management in Theory and Practice

1,2,4

Page 17: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

17

Weeks Topic CLO

The Study and Practice of Scientific Management

Move towards industrial management

the international scientific management movement in Europe, Japan

TOPIC-10 (Ch12

Scientific management in retrospect: the economic environment: from

the farm to the factory

The rationalization of resource utilization management and the worker

Advent of technology and opening up of new horizons

Guide to the Term Paper – textbook - Reason & Rigour

6 TOPIC-11 (Ch13)

The impact of Hawthorne Studies on management

Developments in Human Relations, Leadership, and Motivation

TOPIC-12 (Ch14)

The Search for Organizational Integration

Mary Follett and her contribution

Authority and power; the task of leadership

Contributions of Chester Barnard

3,4

W-7 TOPIC-13 (Ch15)

People and organizations:

people at work; developing constructs for group analysis

The growth of human-relations

Research and training

People and motivation

Job enlargement; participation in decision making

TOPIC-14

Management Science Theory – quantitative techniques

Organizational Environment Theory – Open Systems View, Contingency Theory, Organic

Structure

1,2,3

W-8 A brief discussion on modern management gurus and

recent developments in the business world environment – impact of internet, artificial

intelligence, big data, blockchain, COVID-19.

ASSIGNMENT 2 PRESENTATION & SUBMISSION

3,4

W-9 PROJECT PRESENTATION & SUBMISSION

W-10 Feedback on Project presentation and future directions

Page 18: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

18

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is

essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers

are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s

learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are

stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is

given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as

deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See

Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right

to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class

Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or

Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)

The University of Dubai (UD) is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by intellectual and personal

honesty, social integration, ethical behavior, and respect for the rights of the individual. UD also expects its student

to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and behavior.

The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of

conduct expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions,

according to established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by

maintaining order, discipline, and stability on campus. The following sections describe Student Academic

Misconduct, Plagiarism, Violations, and Sanctions.

Students who are registered in this must strictly adhere to this Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the

sanctions stated here and in accordance to UD Policies and Regulations.

A. Student Academic Misconduct

Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation,

fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.

Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a

violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

Page 19: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

19

A.1 Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The

University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that

contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should

be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-

plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for

their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior

permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be careful when quoting

or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

• Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the

academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has

been checked and properly acknowledged.

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally

without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the

strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed

by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by

both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research

material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student

work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the students work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found

to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to

do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link:

https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Page 20: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

20

STA 701- Business Statistics DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Semester TBD Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Business Statistics Course Code STA 701

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite None Co-requisite None

Class Time TBD Days TBD Room TBD

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

TBD TBD TBD TBD

Brief Course Description

In this course students will learn statistical concepts used in business research situations. It is well known that any academic career involves research based on data analysis or empirical work. In today's knowledge society there are huge amount of data and available information that can be used as part of the research process. But it is crucial to use data intelligently and correctly and extract from them significant information. During this course student will examine the most important and fundamental statistical techniques and tools that are required to support the research process. Topics include descriptive statistics and numerical measures, statistical inferences, hypothesis testing, analysis of variance, regression models, and forecasting models.

Course Objectives

1. Manage experimental data and use basic statistics tools to extract relevant information. 2. Examine the output of a statistical analysis and deduce policy implications.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)

Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: 1. Understand how to collect and represent experimental and observational data 2. Identify probability distributions in different areas of business 3. Manage interval estimates for a variety of hypothesized parameters. 4. Evaluate possible existing relationships between variables 5. Integrate statistical techniques into the decision making process.

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Page 21: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

21

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Paul Newbold, William L. Carlson, Betty, M. Thorne, Statistics for Business and Economics; Global Edition, 2019 9th edition; Pearson Publisher

References Anderson, D. R., Sweeney, D. J., Williams, T. A., Camm, J.D & Cochran, J. J. Statistics for Business & Economics, includes XLSTAT Lite Printed Access Card . Cengage, 2017.

Supporting Reading A Guide to Business Statistics By David M. McEvoy

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO

Class Work (marks) 50%

Term Paper/Project (marks)

20%

Final Exam (marks) 30%

Blooms Level K S AR SD RC

In Class Assessment

One 20%

Assig 2 20%

1 AN √ √ 1,2 1 6 5 4

2 AN √ √ 1,2 2 9 5 4 7

3 E, APP √ √ 1,2 3 10 5 4 7

4 E,APP √ √ 1,2 3 5 4 8

5 S √ √ √ 2 4 5 4 8 Total 25 25 20 30

INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of class work (assignments, group project, homework), and a final examination. Class work constitutes 70% of the course grade and one examination at the end which constitutes 30% of the course grade. Each course grade is distributed as under:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments In this class, students will be given in-class short individual assignments, and take-home assignments. The nature of the assignment will be specified during the class. The announcement of a group project (if any, where appropriate) will be made in week three or four at the most. In such cases, the class will be divided into number of groups, each team will have a member working as a project leader and the rest as the project team. Project leader will delegate tasks and group will prepare a short oral presentation to the rest of the class, and answer questions from the classmates and the instructor. Each group will be marked on criteria such as their evaluation and application of project management tools, presentation of the

Page 22: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

22

findings and ability to answer questions. All group members are expected to contribute equally to the project tasks.

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students will be given in class assignments to do problem sets at the end of the chapters of the textbook.

1, 2 & 3

25 Week 4

Assignment 2 Homework assignment will be given that addresses all the clos.

1, 2, 3, 4 & 5

20 Week 8

Term Paper (project)

This assignment is a group project and the students will perform the following tasks; a choose a topic or business problem and try to find a solution by doing the following; 1) provide a research discussion about the problem; 2) collect data; 3) analyze the data; 4) draw a conclusion from the data; 5) Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1, 2, 3, 4 & 5

25 Week 9

Final Exam The final exam is in class and closed book except when the course is online. The final exam is comprehensive and all statistical tables will be provided.

1, 2, 3, 4 & 5 30 Week 10

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Lectures and PPT slides 2. Lab 3. In-class Written Assessments, home works, project and final exam 4. On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 5. Handouts and reading material will be posted on Moodle 6. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at:

http://udmoodle/login/index.php 7. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the recommendation of the

Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform 8. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/Week

Lecture

Relation to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 1 Introduction. Descriptive Statistics and Numerical Measures

Statistical Survey. Collection of Data. Classification, Tabulation and Presentation of Data. Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion. Arithmetic mean. Media. Mode. Geometric Mean. Harmonic Mean. Dispersion. Mean deviation. Standard Deviation. Measures of Skewness & Kurtosis to judge symmetry in data.

2 2 2 Module 2 Probability and Probability Distributions .

Definition of probability. Classical Probability & Empirical Probability Discrete Probability Distribution Two Essential Discrete Distributions: binomial and Continuous Distributions: The Normal Distribution; Standardizing the Normal Distribution; The t Distribution; The Chi-square Distribution; The F Distribution

3 3 3 Module 3: Sampling

Distributions

Population and Sample. Universe or Population. Sampling Theory. Law of Statistical Regularity. Large and small Numbers. Errors in Statistics. Measures of Statistical Errors. Types of Sampling. Probability Sampling. Non-Probability Sampling. Determination of Sample Size. Central Limit Theorem.

Page 23: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

23

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory.

This is essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors

and fellow peers are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress,

and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism

warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

4 4 3 Module 4: Statistical

Inferences and Interval

Estimation

Assignment 1 DUE

Making Statistical Inference. Types of Estimates. Point

estimate. Interval estimate. Criteria of a Good Estimator.

Unbiasedness. Efficiency. Consistency. Sufficiency. Interval

Estimates and Confidence Intervals. Interval estimates of

the mean of large samples. Interval estimates of the

proportion of large samples. Interval estimates using the

Student’s ‘t’ distribution.

5 5 3 Module 5: Hypothesis

Tests

Testing Hypothesis. Null and alternate hypothesis. Interpreting the level of significance. Selecting a Significance Level. Preference of type I error. Preference of type II error. Determine appropriate distribution. Two – Tailed Tests and One – Tailed Tests. Classification of Test Statistics. Statistics used for testing of hypothesis. Testing of Hypothesis in Case of Small Samples.

6 6 3 Module 6: Analysis of

Variance (ANOVA)

Introduction, Analysis of Variance (ANOVA), Assumptions for F-test - Objectives of ANOVA - ANOVA table - Assumptions for study of ANOVA, Classification of ANOVA - ANOVA table in one-way ANOVA - Two way classification

7

7 4 Module 7: Regression

Models

Correlation. Causation and Correlation. Karl Pearson’s

correlation coefficient. Probable Error. Spearman’s Rank

Correlation Coefficient. Partial Correlations. Multiple

Correlations. Regression analysis. Regression coefficient.

Standard Error of Estimate. Multiple Regression Analysis.

8 8 5 Module 8: Forecasting

Techniques

Assignment 2 DUE

Objectives of forecasting in business. Prediction,

projection and forecasting. Time series analysis.

Extrapolation. Regression analysis. Modern econometric

methods. Exponential smoothing method. Components of

Time Series. Long term trend or secular trend. Seasonal

variations. Cyclic variations. Random variations. Methods

of Measuring Trend. Non-linear trend forecast.

9

9 1,2,3,4 &5

Term Paper / Project

Presentation and

Submission

Presentation and submission. Detailed feedback will be given.

10 10 1,2,3 &4 Final Exam In-class individual final exam

Page 24: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

24

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18) Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.

Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

Plagiarism Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or

paraphrases a source by using identical words without attribution.

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source

intentionally without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of

plagiarism will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way

to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

Page 25: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

25

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the

course. The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Page 26: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

26

RES 712 - Qualitative Research Methods

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Qualitative Research Methods Course Code RES 712

Credit Hour 3 Pre-

requisite None Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description: The purpose of this course is to provide doctoral students with an understanding about the conceptual foundations of qualitative research methods in business studies. In this course students will be prepared in obtaining the skills, techniques and knowledge necessary to undertake an independent research in qualitative business research. Course Objective (CO):

1. Students will understand the epistemological foundations of qualitative research methods, especially in comparison with quantitative research methods;

2. Students will be able communicate, understand and employ the various techniques of qualitative data collection and analyses through reports, and presentations.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:

1. Understand the philosophy of qualitative research 2. Evaluate qualitative data collection methods 3. Conduct qualitative data collection, analyzing, coding, and interpretation 4. Demonstrate the ability to prepare a written qualitative research report. 5. 6.

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Page 27: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

27

Educational Resources

CLO

Assessment Scheme

7. ally a well-articulated and convincing argument.

CLO Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)

Linked to Blooms Taxonomy level

QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PO

Assignment 1

Assignment 2

Final Exam K S AR SD RC

1

Understand the philosophy of qualitative research

U √ √ 1 1 15 10

2 Evaluate qualitative data collection methods

E √ √ √ 1 2 15 10

3

Conduct qualitative data collection, analyzing, coding, and interpretation

APP √ √ 2 3 15 10

4

Demonstrate the ability to prepare a written qualitative research report

S √ √ √ 2 4 15 10

Total 30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, U- Understand, S –Synthesis, E -Evaluate QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD-Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of assignments and an examination. Class work constitutes 60% of the course grade and one examination at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. Each course grade is distributed as under:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Educational Resource Description

Text book required The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research (5th ed.) Norman K. Denzin, Yvonna S. Lincoln

References Qualitative Data Analysis with NVivo, THIRD EDITION; SAGE Publications; 2019

Supporting Reading TBA

Page 28: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

28

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students are expected to identify a research problem that is suitable for qualitative research. Students will do a literature review on the topic and propose a methodology involving qualitative techniques in data gathering. This paper will serve as a prelude to Assignment 2. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1 & 2

30 Week 5

Assignment 2 Students are expected to collect and analyze data using one of the qualitative techniques taught in this course. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

3 & 4 30 Week 9

Final Exam The Final exam will test students on knowledge, comprehension and application of all the topics in this course. Questions may also be asked in the exam to ascertain whether students can exercise their critical thinking ability to decide whether qualitative or quantitative analyses will be a more appropriate method, for a given research problem. (Students will be able to do this because quantitative methods is taught in another course, in the same term as this course.

1, 2, 3 & 4

40 Week 10

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are: 1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available

on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles and case examples. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Module Topic CLO

1

PART ONE: FOUNDATIONS Module 1 - Ch5

- Research Strategies: Epistemological and ontological considerations - Concept of theory building (in particular middle range vs. grand theory) - Relationship between theory and research (in particular: deductive vs. inductive theories) - Epistemological issues (in particular positivism vs. interpretivism) - Ontological issues (in particular objectivism vs. constructivism) - Differences between quantitative and qualitative research (in particular theory testing vs.

theory generation)

1 2

2

Module 2 – Part 3 Ch 13, 14

- Research design - Quality criteria for qualitative research (in particular credibility, transferability, dependability

and confirmability) - Different levels of analysis (individual, group, organizational and societal level) - Experimental research design - Longitudinal research design - Cross-sectional research design - Case study research design - Multiple case study research design

1 3

Page 29: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

29

Module Topic CLO

3

PART TWO: DATA COLLECTION AND DATA ANALYSISs Module 3 – Part 4 textbook

- Participant observation - Ethnography and participant observation - Organizational ethnography - Getting access to the research field - Overt vs. covert ethnography - Roles for ethnographers - Sampling - Field notes

2

4

Module 4 –

- Interviewing in qualitative research - Structured, semi-structured and unstructured interviews - The interview guide of a semi-structured interview - Kinds of questions - Quality criteria of a good interviewer - Tape recording and transcriptions - Conventions regarding quotations - Sampling - Pros and cons of participant observations vs. interviewing

2

5

Module 5 –

- Focus groups and documents as sources of data - Focus group method - Conducting focus group interviews - Pros and cons of single interview vs. focus group interview - Criteria for assessing the quality of documents - Interpreting documents - Qualitative content analysis - Semiotics - Hermeneutics

ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE

1,2

6

Module 6 – Part 5 textbook

- Qualitative data analysis - Grounded theory - Coding according to grounded theory - Steps and considerations in coding - Open coding - Axial coding - Selective coding - Processes of grounded theory - Outcomes of grounded theory: From codes to concepts to categories

3

7

PART THREE: APPLICATION OF QUALITATIVE DATA ANALYSIS Module 7 – Reference Book

- Coding without software - Coding with NVivo 1 or Atlas - Coding of a sample interview

Module 7 and 8 are ideally done in a computer lap with NVivo or Atlas software for every student

4

Page 30: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

30

Module Topic CLO

8

Module 8 – Reference Book

- Coding with NVivo 2 or Atlas - Coding of a sample interview

Module 7 and 8 are ideally done in a computer lap with NVivo software for every student

4

9 Presentations ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE

3 & 4

10 Final Examination (Comprehensive) 1,2,3 & 4

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process of education

at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of their academic preparation.

Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and

absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity Policy

The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and behavior. The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order, discipline and stability on campus.

I. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation,

fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation

of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

Page 31: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

31

A. Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty. Types of Plagiarism

▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.

▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students

and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated

origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity

based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the students work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are automatically given

access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course. The course evaluation is also done

via Moodle.

Page 32: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

32

RES 708 - Quantitative Research Methods

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Quantitative Research Methods Course Code RES 708

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Business Statistics

Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

TBD TBD TBD TBD

Brief Course Description

This course will cover the fundamental concepts and theories of quantitative research methods as applicable to the

investigation of organizational phenomena. The students will critically evaluate the various models, designs,

principles and statistical skills necessary to independently perform an empirical study. Upon completion of the

course, students will gain critical skills relevant to research methodologies applied in business administration

research as well as being able to differentiate between a variety of models and statistical methods used in business

studies.

Course Objectives

Upon completion of this workshop, students should be able to:

1. Students will be able to identify research problem(s) in business organizations. 2. Students will be able to solve this research problem(s) using data collection and statistical analyses, and

communicate to others in the proper form.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)

Upon completion of the course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:

1. Identify research problems and develop research questions 2. Formulate a research model based on literature review 3. Analyze data and discuss the findings 4. Demonstrate the ability to communicate research findings in writing and presentation

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

Page 33: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

33

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Griffiths, W. et al., Principles of Econometrics, Fifth edition, (2018)

Discovering Statistics Using IBM SPSS Statistics Kindle Edition

by Andy Field (Author). SAGE Publisher; (2020).

Multivariate Data Analysis (2018) by Joseph Hair (Author), William Black (Author), Rolph Anderson (Author), Barry Babin (Author) Cengage Learning EMEA; 8th edition edition (2018)

Supporting Reading Multivariate Data Analysis: An introduction to Multivariate Analysis, Process Analytical Technology and Quality by Design Kindle Edition by Kim Esbensen, Brad Swarbrick, Frank Westad. Format: Kindle Edition (2018)

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO

1 x Assignments & 1 x homework

Project and Class presentation

Final Exam

Blooms Level K S AR SD

RC

Assessment-1 30%

Assignment-2 30%

1 x project 30% In class

1 AN √ √ 1 1 10 5 5

2 AN √ √ 1 2 10 10 5 5 3 E, APP √ √ √ 2 3 10 10 10

4 E, APP √ √ √ 2 4 10 10 Total 20 20 30 30

INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E –Evaluate QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of in class assignment, homework, a project and a final exam. The weights of the assessments are shown in the above table. Each course grade is distributed as follows:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students will be assigned individual problems sets that involves real data analysis using the statistical package

1 & 2 20 Week 4

Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is similar to assignment 1, but it is homework and students are expected not only use the statistical software but also

2 & 3 20 Week 8

Page 34: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

34

comment more on the analyses and practical implications of the findings of their analysis.

Term Paper The project resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Submission of a report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1, 2, 3 & 4

30 Week 9

Final Exam In class individual final exam 1, 2, 3 & 4

30 Week 10

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are: 1. Lectures, handouts and PPT slides 2. Lab 3. In-class Written Assessments, home works and project 4. On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 5. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at:

http://udmoodle/login/index.php 6. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the recommendation of the

Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform 7. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/Week

Lecture

Relation to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 1 Module 1: Review on Business and Management Research Approaches

The research process: from decision making to scientific and managerial contribution. Theory and experience Formulating and clarifying the research topic: attributes of a good research topic, refining research ideas, stabilizing the research proposal. Methodology for scientific research: from the research question to the most suitable research design The different approaches: Exploratory research, descriptive research and causal research. Potential sources of errors in research design

2 2 2 Module 2: Review on Data Collection on Business and Management

Different types of survey methods (personal methods, mail methods, phone methods, internet methods, etc.) Sampling design and procedure; Questionnaire design; Hypothesis testing; Defining and writing research hypotheses -Identifying critical research hypotheses -Writing the research hypotheses -Checking the relevance to the global research question

3 3 3 Module 3: Ascertaining associations and differences in data with parametric methods.

Association measures ▪ Zero-order correlations and association ▪ Pearson Product Moment and Spearman Rank

Order Correlation ▪ The Point Biserial Correlation Coefficient ▪ The Mantel-Haenszel Chi-square ▪ The Phi Coefficient ; The Contingency Coefficient

C Kendall’s Rank Correlation Coefficient Partial Correlations; Partial Correlation for Ranked Data

4 4 3 Module 4: Ascertaining associations and differences in data with non-parametric methods. ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE

Differences measures Categorical Data : Unrelated Testing for 1, 2, and k proportions Categorical Data : Related 2 Groups : McNemar change test; k Groups : Cochran Q test Non-categorical Data : Unrelated Single Sample tests: 1 sample Z test; 1 sample t test; 1 sample variance test

Page 35: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

35

Multiple Sample tests: 2 sample Z test; 2 sample t test; 2 sample variance test k sample means test plus Multiple range test 2-way ANOVA test Kolmogorov-Smirnov test; Mann-Whitney U test; Kruskall-Wallis 1-way ANOVA Non-categorical Data : Related T-test for a related pair Wilcoxon-Signed Ranks test; Friedman 2-way ANOVA by ranks test Chi-square tests: Chi-square test of independence; Chi-square as a goodness of fit test

5 5 3 Module 5: Regression

Analysis:

Introduction to Econometrics - What is econometrics? - Why study econometrics? - What is the econometric model Simple Linear Regression (2-variable) Model - Differentiate an economic model from econometric model - Interpret goodness of fit measures - Check for classical assumptions with properties of: Least square estimators Tasks: Perform simple quantitative analysis in the lab using STATA. Interpret Computer output

6 6 3 Module 6: Multiple

Regression Models

The model specification and the data

- Estimating the parameters of the Multiple Regression Model

- Sampling properties of the Least Square estimators

- Interval estimation and hypothesis testing

- Measuring goodness of fit

- Conducting F-test

- Testing the significance of the model

- Using binary (dummy) variables

Tasks: Perform simple quantitative analysis in the lab using STATA. Interpret Computer output

7 7 3 Module 7: Cluster Analysis

- Objectives of cluster analysis - Research design in cluster analysis - Assumptions in cluster analysis - Deriving clusters and assessing overall fit - Interpretation of clusters - Validation and profiling of the clusters

8 8 3 Module 8: Structural

equation modelling (SEM):

ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE

- Understanding the ethos of SEM - Role of theory in SEM - Stages in SEM - Estimating a path model with SEM

9 9 1,2,3 &4 Term Paper Presentation

and Submission

Presentation and submission. Detailed feedback will be

given.

Page 36: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

36

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is

essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers

are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s

learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are

stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)

Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.

Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

10 10 1,2,3 &4 Final Exam In-class individual final exam

Page 37: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

37

• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source

by using identical words without attribution.

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally

without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the

strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed

by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Page 38: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

38

BECON 702 – Business Economics

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year 20__ /20__

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Business Economics Course Code BECON 702

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite None Co-requisite None

Class Time TBD Days TBD Room TBD

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

TBD TBD TBD TBD

Brief Course Description

In this course provides deeper insights in macroeconomic theories and how to apply it in current macroeconomic problems in the UAE or GCC countries. The main topics covered in this course include income determination, determination of employment and price; fiscal and monetary policies; various theories of business cycles and economic growth. At the end of this course, students should have more understanding of macroeconomic theories and how macroeconomists address the country’s economic issues from a policy perspective.

Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: 1. Demonstrate understanding of key macroeconomic models by analyzing their assumptions and

differences. 2. Communicate current macroeconomic problems by applying theories to concrete cases.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)

1. Develop an understanding how macroeconomic models are used in economic analysis. 2. Identify business cycle fluctuations in macroeconomic data and explain possible causes and

government responses using macroeconomic equilibrium models. 3. Analyze existing knowledge by explaining what macroeconomic models are used in different areas

of economics and business analysis. 4. Evaluate macroeconomic models and present an argument by applying theoretical concepts in

analyzing macroeconomic policies.

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

Page 39: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

39

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Macroeconomics (The Mcgraw-hill Series Economics) 12th Edition by Rudiger Dornbusch (Author), Stanley Fischer (Author), Richard Startz

References Williamson, S. D. (2017). Macroeconomics. Sixth Edition. Pearson

Supporting Reading Case studies available in Moodle.

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to

PCLO

Class Work (marks) 50%

Term Paper (marks)

20%

Final Exam (marks) 30%

Blooms Level K S AR SD RC

In Class Assessment

One 20%

Assig 2 20%

1 AN √ √ 1 1 7 5 5 2

2 AN √ √ 1,2 2 8 5 5 7

3 E, APP √ √ √ 1,2 3 10 5 5 7

4 E,APP √ √ √ 1,2 3 10 5 14 Total 25 25 20 30

INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E –Evaluate

This course is assessed by a combination of class work (assignments, group project, homework), and a final examination. Class work constitutes 70% of the course grade and one examination at the end which constitutes 30% of the course grade. Each course grade is distributed as under:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments In this class, students will be given in-class short individual assignments, homework and group project. The nature of the assignment will be specified during the class. The announcement of a group project will be made in week three or four at the most. The class will be divided into number of groups, each team will have a member working as a project leader and the rest as the project team. Project leader will delegate tasks and group will prepare a short oral presentation to the rest of the class, and answer questions from the classmates and the instructor. Each group will be marked on criteria such as their evaluation and application of project management tools, presentation of the findings and ability to answer questions. All group members are expected to contribute equally to the project tasks.

Page 40: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

40

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students will be given in class assignments to solve problems at the end of the chapters of the textbook.

1, 2 & 3

25 Week 4

Assignment 2 Assignment will be given that addresses all the Clos of the course.

1, 2, 3, 4 & 5

25 Week 8

Term Paper (project)

This assignment is a group project and the students will perform the following tasks; a choose a topic or business problem and try to find a solution by doing the following; 1) provide a research discussion about the problem; 2) apply theories you have learned in this course; 3) collect data and analyze; 4) draw a conclusion from your proposal; 5) Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1, 2, 3, 4

20 Week 9

Final Exam The final exam is in class and closed book except when the course is online. The final exam is comprehensive and will cover all the CLOs of the course.

1, 2, 3, 4 30 Week 10

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Lectures and PPT slides 2. In-class Written Assessments, home works, project and final exam 3. On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 4. Handouts and reading material will be posted on Moodle 5. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at:

http://udmoodle/login/index.php 6. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the recommendation of the

Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform 7. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/Week

Lecture

Relation to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 1 Module 1: Introduction to Macroeconomic science.

National Income determination; Unemployment: labor market measurements and prices; Consumer Price Index; Saving, wealth and Capital; classical theory of inflation; The Fisher equation

2 2 1 Module 2: Keynesian

Macroeconomics .

AD and AS models; Equilibrium income and output; Consumption and Investment

3 3 2 Module 3 Fiscal policy: the real effects of changes in government spending and taxes. Ricardian equivalence; Breakdown of the Ricardian equivalence;

4 4 2 Module 4: Monetary policy: Assignment 1 DUE

money market: functions of money, measuring money

supply; supply/demand for money; Money, banking,

prices, and monetary policy; money in open and closed

economies; the Baumol Tobin model of money demand;

Long-run empirical regularities and the quantity theory of

money; The Fisher and Neo-Fisher effects

Page 41: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

41

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory.

This is essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors

and fellow peers are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress,

and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism

warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

5 5 3 Module 5: Theories of

business cycles;

Business cycle measurement; classical theories of business cycle; Keynesian business cycle theories; macroeconomic stabilization: International trade and its impact on a country’s economy.

6 6 3 Module 6: Economic

growth:

sources of economic growth or growth accounting; The Solow model, Population and economic growth; Technological progress and economic growth;

7

7 4 Module 7: Measuring

technological progress;

Endogenous growth theories; Economic growth and

government policy Empirical analysis of economic growth

8 8 4 Module 8: Time series and

empirical macroeconomics

Assignment 2 DUE

Time series modelling as a framework for understanding

macroeconomics; introducing vector auto regressions and

how to estimate; examples of estimating vector auto

regressions in EVIEWs.

9

9 1,2,3 &4 Term Paper /Project Presentation and Submission

Presentation and submission. Detailed feedback will be given.

10 10 1,2,3 &4 Final Exam In-class individual final exam

Page 42: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

42

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18) Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.

Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

Plagiarism Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or

paraphrases a source by using identical words without attribution.

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source

intentionally without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of

plagiarism will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way

to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Page 43: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

43

Removal of a Graduate Degree The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the

course. The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Page 44: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

44

MKT 710 – Marketing Management

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Marketing Management Course Code MKT 710

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room BSF 64

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description: The course focuses on understanding, implementing and critically evaluating the marketing concepts. The objective

is to provide comprehensive explanation of the marketing concepts including target marketing, segmentation,

positioning, and the marketing strategy encapsulating product, promotion place, and price strategies, and

implement them in the UAE context. The core focus of the course is to develop students’ skills in critically evaluate

the existing literature, identify gaps and develop conceptual framework.

Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:

1. Student will Understated and implement the marketing concepts including target market, segmentation, positioning, and marketing strategy

2. Students will be able to critically evaluate the marketing academic literature Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes (With linkage to CO):

1. Discuss and apply segmentation, targeting, positioning and consumer behavior strategies. 2. Evaluate and implement product, promotion, place and price strategies 3. Critically evaluate the marketing literature and develop a conceptual framework

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √ Linked Linked Class Work Final

Page 45: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

45

to CO to PO 60% Exam

40% Blooms

Level K S AR SD RC

CO PO Critique on

Assigned

Readings

Marketing

Plan

1 AN √ 1 1 15 10 10

2 S, E, APP √ √ √ √ 2 1 15 10 10

3 AN, S, E √ √ 2 1 10 10

Total 30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E –Evaluate QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of class work (assignments/ quizzes, group work, simulations), and an examination. Class work constitutes 70% of the course grade and one examination at the end constitutes 30% of the course grade. Each course grade is distributed as under:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 In this class, students will critique on assigned readings 1 & 2 30 Week 4

Assignment 2 Developing a Marketing Plan The announcement of a project will be made in week three or four at the most. Each project will be marked on criteria such as the evaluation and application of project management tools, presentation of the findings and ability to answer questions.

1, 2 & 3

30 Week 8

Exam Term paper: Students will select a topic related to the course learning outcomes, and write a proposal that goes beyond reviewing the literature (include hypotheses, design and proposed tests) using available data.

1, 2 & 3

40 Week 9

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Lectures and Case Studies 2. In-class Written Assessments and Home works 3. On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 4. Handout reading material 5. Critical evolution of journal articles and presentations

Page 46: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

46

Detailed Course outline

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required A Preface to Marketing Management 15th Edition, By J. Paul Peter (Author) 2018 Publisher: McGraw-Hill

References 1. Strategic Marketing: Concepts and Cases 1st Edition, Kindle Edition by Russell Abratt (Author), Michael Bendixen (Author) Format: Kindle Edition 2. Marketing Management, Global Edition Paperback – 30 April 2015 by Philip Kotler (Author), Kevin Lane Keller (Author)

Supporting Reading Unit 1: Segmentation and positioning

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/Week Lecture

Relation to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 1 Fundamentals of marketing management

Reading 1, 2

2 2 1 Target marketing, market segmentation and market positioning

Reading 3, 4

Presentations

3 3 2, 3 Evaluating product and service development strategies

Reading 5, 6

Presentations

4 4 2, 3 Brand building theories

ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE

Reading 7, 8, 9,

10

Presentations

5 5 2, 3 Developing and implementing integrated marketing

communication strategies

Reading 11,12, 13

Presentations

6 6 2, 3 Developing and implementing distribution strategies Reading 14, 15

Presentations

7

7 2, 3 Developing and implementing pricing strategies Reading 16

Presentations

8

8 1,2 &3 ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE Team Presentation

9 9 1,2 &3 Team Presentation (continued)

10 10 1,2 &3 Final Examination (Comprehensive)

Page 47: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

47

1. Kara, A. and Kaynak, E. (1997), "Markets of a single customer: exploiting conceptual developments in market segmentation", European Journal of Marketing, Vol. 31 No. 11/12, pp. 873-895.

2. Souiden, N. (2002), "Segmenting the Arab markets on the basis of

marketing stimuli", International Marketing Review, Vol. 19 No. 6, pp. 611-636.

3. Hassan, S.S. and Craft, S. (2012), "Examining world market segmentation

and brand positioning strategies", Journal of Consumer Marketing, Vol. 29 No. 5, pp. 344-356.

Unit 2: Branding

4. Shah, S.A., Azhar, S.M. and Bhutto, N.A. (2019), "Halal marketing: a marketing strategy perspective", Journal of Islamic Marketing, Forthcoming

5. Arthur Rooney, J. (1995), "Branding: a trend for today and

tomorrow", Journal of Product & Brand Management, Vol. 4 No. 4, pp. 48-55

6. Yu Xie, H. and Boggs, D.J. (2006), "Corporate branding versus product

branding in emerging markets: A conceptual framework", Marketing Intelligence & Planning, Vol. 24 No. 4, pp. 347-364.

7. Herstein, R., Berger, R. and D. Jaffe, E. (2014), "How companies from

developing and emerging countries can leverage their brand equity in terms of place branding", Competitiveness Review, Vol. 24 No. 4, pp. 293-305.

8. Boisvert, J. and Ashill, N.J. (2018), "The impact of branding strategies on

horizontal and downward line extension of luxury brands: A cross-national study", International Marketing Review, Vol. 35 No. 6, pp. 1033-1052.

Unit 3: Digital marketing

9. Holliman, G. and Rowley, J. (2014), "Business to business digital content marketing: marketers’ perceptions of best practice", Journal of Research in Interactive Marketing, Vol. 8 No. 4, pp. 269-293.

10. Straker, K. and Wrigley, C. (2016), "Emotionally engaging customers in the

digital age: the case study of “Burberry love”", Journal of Fashion Marketing and Management, Vol. 20 No. 3, pp. 276-299.

11. Boukis, A. (2019), "Exploring the implications of blockchain technology for

brand–consumer relationships: a future research agenda", Journal of Product & Brand Management, Vol. 29 No. 3, pp. 307-320.

12. Ismail, A.R. (2017), "The influence of perceived social media marketing

activities on brand loyalty: The mediation effect of brand and value

Page 48: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

48

consciousness", Asia Pacific Journal of Marketing and Logistics, Vol. 29 No. 1, pp. 129-144.

13. Virtanen, H., Björk, P. and Sjöström, E. (2017), "Follow for follow:

marketing of a start-up company on Instagram", Journal of Small Business and Enterprise Development, Vol. 24 No. 3, pp. 468-484.

Unit 4: Social media

14. Belanche, D., Cenjor, I. and Pérez-Rueda, A. (2019), "Instagram Stories versus Facebook Wall: an advertising effectiveness analysis", Spanish Journal of Marketing - ESIC, Vol. 23 No. 1, pp. 69-94.

15. Boateng, H. and Okoe, A.F. (2015), "Consumers’ attitude towards social

media advertising and their behavioural response: The moderating role of corporate reputation", Journal of Research in Interactive Marketing, Vol. 9 No. 4, pp. 299-312.

16. Hamouda, M. (2018), "Understanding social media advertising effect on

consumers’ responses: An empirical investigation of tourism advertising on Facebook", Journal of Enterprise Information Management, Vol. 31 No. 3, pp. 426-445.

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process of education

at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of their academic preparation.

Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and

absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Page 49: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

49

Student Academic Integrity Policy The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and behavior. The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order, discipline and stability on campus.

II. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism,

misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as

a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

A. Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.

▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Page 50: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

50

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

RES 704 – Advance Quantitative Analysis DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Brief Course Description

This course prepares students to gain advanced quantitative skills necessary to analyze research data. It

helps students grasp a multitude statistical models that are tailored to answer particular research

question. After introducing these advanced techniques such as 2SLS, time series analysis, panel data

analysis, forecasting and programing models, the course will focus to provide the students with the ability

to evaluate recent empirical studies and develop practical skills which are necessary to perform

independent research using statistical packages such as STATA and Smartplus.

Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:

1. Students will learn how to apply (advanced) econometric techniques in analyzing business

problems in UAE/MEA context.

2. Students will be able to forecast and predict business levels using STATA with UAE/MEA data.

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Advanced Quantitative Analysis Course Code RES 704

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Co-requisite None

Class Time TBA Days TBA Room TBA

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

TBA TBA TBA TBA

Page 51: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

51

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this workshop, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:

1. Apply advanced econometric techniques for UAE//MEA data set. 2. Analyze business problems of UAE//MEA countries 3. Evaluate statistical techniques using STATA with data sets. 4. Predict business levels of UAE/MEA business using STATA/CMA.

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs): 1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current

issues in the given business domain. 2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a

framework for empirical investigation 3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative

solutions of current business-oriented challenges 4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Jeffrey M. Wooldridge - “Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach” (7th edition) - Cengage Leaning (2020)

References Griffiths, W. et al., Principles of Econometrics, Fifth edition, 2018.

Supporting Reading TBA

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO

Class Work (marks) 50%

Term Paper (marks)

20%

Final Exam (marks) 30%

Blooms Level

K S AR SD RC

Assig 1 20% Assig 2

25%

1 AN √ √ 1,2 1 5 5 5

2 AN √ √ 1,2 2 5 5 5 5

3 E, APP √ √ 1,2 3 10 5 10 10

4 E,APP √ √ 1,2 4 5 10 10 Total 20 25 25 30

INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of assignment, homework, a term paper and a final exam. The weights of the assessments are shown in the above table. Each course grade is distributed as follows:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Page 52: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

52

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students will be assigned individual problems sets that involves real data analysis using the statistical package

1,2,3 20 Week 4

Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is similar to assignment 1, but it is homework and students are expected not only use the statistical software but also comment more on the analyses and practical implications of the findings of their analysis.

1,2,3,4

25 Week 8

Term Paper The project resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Submission of a report and a PowerPoint Presentation

2, 3 & 4

25 Week 9

Final Exam In class individual final exam 1, 2, 3 & 4

30 Week 10

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are: 1. Lectures, handouts and PPT slides 2. Lab 3. In-class Written Assessments, home works and project 4. On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at:

http://udmoodle/login/index.php 5. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle),

available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 6. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the

recommendation of the Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform 7. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate

feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/Week

Lecture

Relation to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 1 Module 1: Review econometrics mainly OLS

- Simple Regression model assumptions and their tests - Run regression model - The model specification and the data - Estimating the parameters of the Multiple Regression Model - Sampling properties of the Least Square estimators - Interval estimation and hypothesis testing - Measuring goodness of fit - Conducting F-test - Testing the significance of the model Article: How the data we make can unmake us: annals of factology by Bruce L. Gardner Application: Solow’s 1957 study of technical change

2 2 2 Module 2: Instrumental

Variables and Model

Specification

.

- Endogeneity problem (Correlation between an

independent variable and the error term)

- Errors in variables (Measurement error) - Simultaneous Equations Bias (Specification error) - Omitted variables - IV/2SLS estimation and Regressions diagnostics - Specifications tests

Page 53: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

53

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory.

This is essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors

and fellow peers are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress,

Tasks: Practice on performing Module 2 work on lab using statistical software. And interpret output results. Application: Returns to schooling by Angrist and Krueger paper; Ashenfelter and Krueger paper

3 3 3 Module 3: Regression with

Time series data

- Stationary time series - Spurious regressions - Checking stationary using the Autocorrelation Function - Unit root tests for stationary - Co integration Tasks: Practice on performing Module 3 work on PCs using statistical software. And interpret output results.

4 4 3 Module 4: Panel data

analysis (Pooling time

series and cross sectional

data)

Assignment 1 Due

- An economic model - Seemingly unrelated regressions - A dummy variable specification - An error components model Tasks: Practice on performing Module 4 work on PCs

using statistical software. And interpret output results.

Application: Growth and convergence by Hayashi

5 5 3 Module 5: Advanced

Forecasting Methods

- Naïve Model - Mean/Weighted Moving Average - Autoregressive integrated moving average (ARIMA) - Evaluation of model Tasks: Practice on performing Module 5 work on PCs using statistical software. And interpret output results.

6 6 3 Module 6: Program

Modeling

- Linear Programming - Integer programming - Goal Programming Tasks: Practice on performing Module 6 work on PCs using statistical software. And interpret output results.

7

7 4 Module 7: Program

Modeling & Simulation

- Non Linear programming

- Introduction and types of simulations

- Model Specifications

Tasks: Practice on performing Module 7 work on PCs

using statistical software. And interpret output results.

8 8 4 Module 8: Simulations

Assignment 2 Due

- Monte Carlo Simulation

- Discrete Event Simulation

Tasks: Practice on performing Module 8 work on PCs

using statistical software. And interpret output results.

9

9 1,2,3&4 Term Paper Presentation and Submission

Presentation and submission. Detailed feedback will be given.

10 10 1,2,3 &4 Final Exam In-class individual final exam

Page 54: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

54

and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism

warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18) Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.

Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

Plagiarism Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

Page 55: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

55

• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or

paraphrases a source by using identical words without attribution.

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source

intentionally without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of

plagiarism will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way

to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the

course. The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Page 56: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

56

FIN 714 – Empirical Finance DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Empirical Finance Course Code FIN 714

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description: The course provides a comprehensive introduction to empirical finance and financial markets landscape, instruments, structure, and valuation. The essential topics of the course include portfolio selection, equilibrium asset pricing, stock valuation, arbitrage pricing, fixed-income securities, derivatives, and foundations of behavioral finance. The classes will cover the central themes of modern finance including individual investment decisions under uncertainty. Upon completion of this course, students should have a clear understanding of the major concepts in finance and financial economics. The relevant tools for problem-solving will be developed and practiced in the homework assignments. All the models considered have immediate applications for real-world finance and investment decisions. The course will focus on empirical evidence and research applications and could be utilized and extended in future studies. Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:

1. Understand the core concepts in finance and financial markets. 2. Apply valuation and asset pricing skills

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes (With linkage to CO):

1. Understand the basis of financial instruments, portfolio theories, and market efficiency. 2. Apply different pricing models to equities, bonds, and securities. 3. Analyze the return and risk profiles of different securities. 4. Evaluate various concepts in traditional and behavioral finance.

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Bodie, Z., Kane, A., and Marcus. A.J. (2017). Investments, 11th Editition. McGraw-Hill Educatio. Baker, H.K., & Nosfinger, J.R. (2011). Behavioral finance: Investors, corporations, and markets. Wiley.

Supporting Reading Supporting readings are indicated in the course detailed agenda. Furthermore, the students will receive relevant handouts in the class.

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PO

Individual assignments (marks)

50%

Group project (marks 30%)

Final Exam (marks) 30%

Page 57: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

57

Blooms Level

K S AR SD RC

Individual assignme

nt (1) 25%

Individual assignme

nt (2) 25%

1 DEV √ √ 1 3 10 10 5 5

2 APP √ √ √ √ 2 3 10 10 5 5

3 AN √ √ 2 3 5 5 10 10

4 EV √ √ √ √ √ 1 3 10 10

Total 25 25 20 30

INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E –Evaluate QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of class work (assignments/ quizzes, group work, simulations), and an examination. Class work constitutes 70% of the course grade and one examination at the end constitutes 30% of the course grade. Each course grade is distributed as under:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Individual Assignment1

In this class, students will be given in-class short assignments related to the case and/or the subject. The nature of the assignment will be specified.

1,2.3

25 Week 4

Individual Assignment 2

In this class, students will be given more in-class short assignments related to the case and/or the subject. The nature of the assignment will be specified.

1,2,3

25 Week 6

Group project The announcement of a group project will be made in week three. The class will be divided into number of groups, each team will have a member working as a project leader and rest as the project team. Project leader will delegate tasks and group will prepare a short oral presentation to the rest of the class, and answer questions from the classmates and the instructor. Each group will be marked on criteria such as their evaluation and application of project management tools, presentation of the findings and ability to answer questions. All group members are expected to contribute equally to the project tasks.

1,2,3,4

20 Week 8

Final Exam Comprehensive coverage of the course 1,2,3,4 30 Week 9

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Lectures and Case Studies 2. In-class Written Assessments and Home works 3. On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 4. Handout reading material

Page 58: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

58

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/Week

Lecture

Relation to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 1 Financial markets and instruments. Financial markets. Financial instruments. Performance of securities (present value, future value, annuities, compounding and measuring returns).

Bodie, Kane, & Markus (2017). Chapters 1-4.

2 2 1 Portfolio choice. Portfolio choice

and returns. Efficient portfolio

with two and multiple risky

securities. Optimal portfolio

choice and investor preferences.

Inclusion of a risk-less asset.

Market efficiency.

Bodie, Kane, & Markus (2017). Chapters 5-6

Markowitz, H. 1952. Portfolio selection. Journal of Finance

7(1): 77-91.

Jensen, M.C. 1968. The performance of mutual funds in

the period 1945-1964. Journal of Finance 23(2).

3 3 2 The CAPM and APT. The Capital

Asset Pricing Model. Applications

of the CAPM and beyond.

Arbitrage theory and the law of

one price. Multifactor models.

Bodie, Kane, & Markus (2017). Chapters 7-8

Sharpe, W.F. (1964). Capital asset prices: A theory of

market equilibrium under conditions of risk. Journal of

Finance, 19(3).

Fama, E.F., K.R. French. (1992). The cross-section of

expected stock returns. Journal of Finance 47(2).

Carhart, M. 1997. On persistence in mutual fund

performance, 52(1).

4 4 2 Equity valuation. Dividend

discount models, valuation ratios. Bodie, Kane, & Markus (2017). Chapter 13

La Porta et al. (2002). Investor protection and corporate

valuation. Journal of Finance 57(3).

Individual assignment 1 due this week.

5 5 3 Fixed-income securities. Bond

returns, forward rates, yield

curve, duration and

immunization

Bodie, Kane, & Markus (2017). Chapters 10-11.

6 6 4 Derivatives. Option basics,

strategies, and arbitrage bounds.

The Black-Scholes-Merton pricing

formula. Forwards, futures, and

swaps.

Bodie, Kane, & Markus (2017). Chapters 15-17.

Black, F., & Scholes, M. 1973. The pricing of options and

corporate liabilities. Journal of Political Economy, 81 (3). s.

637–654.

Cheng, I.-H., & Xiong, W. (2014). Financialization of

Ccommodity markets. Annual Review of Financil

Economics,6, 419-441.

Individual assignment 2 due this week.

Page 59: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

59

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process of education

at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of their academic preparation.

Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and

absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity Policy The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and behavior. The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order, discipline and stability on campus.

7

7 4 Behavioral finance. Psychological

concepts and behavioral biases.

The Prospect Theory. Behavioral

aspects of asset pricing.

Kend and Nosfinfer (2011), part I – III

Daniel, K., Hirshleifer, D., and Subrahmanyam A. (1998).

Investor psychology and security market under- and

overreactions. 53(6).

Shleifer, A., & Vishny, R.W. 1997. The Limits of Arbitrage.

Journal of Finance 52(1)

Baker, M., and Wurgler, J. (2006). Investor sentiment and

the cross-section of stock returns. Journal of Finance

61(4).

8

8 1,2,3

Group presentations Group Project due this week.

9

9 1,2,3

Group presentations

10 10 1,2,3

Final Examination (Comprehensive)

Page 60: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

60

III. Student Academic Misconduct

▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams.

▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

A. Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty. Types of Plagiarism

▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.

▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students

and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated

origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity

based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be

plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will

subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-

campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are automatically given

access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course. The course evaluation is also done

via Moodle.

Page 61: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

61

SCL 716 - Operations and Supply Chain Management

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Operations and Supply Chain Management Course Code SCL 716

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description: The main purpose of this course is to help students gain knowledge in the theoretical and substantive areas of operations and supply chain management in order to develop mastery of rigorous methods of reasoning and experimentation, to understand and evaluate the scientific literature related to its research project, and to contribute to the advancement of theoretical and applied knowledge. In sum, this course provides an introduction to the key conceptual skills and methods of supply chain management which involves the application of frameworks and mathematical modelling tools to supply chain management problems. Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:

1. Demonstrate an understanding of the key concepts and methods in operations and supply chain management

2. Apply analytical models of operations and supply chain management to design the right supply chain networks and the right strategies to manage it.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes (With linkage to CO):

1. Develop an understanding of the key concepts in logistics and supply chain management

2. Identify optimal strategy and risks while managing operations and supply chain management. 3. Analyze the different components of the operations and supply chain management. 4. Evaluate the different tools and methods of designing and implementing supply chain management

strategies. CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PCO

Linked to PO

Class Work Final Exam (marks) 40%

Blooms Level

K S AR

SD

RC

Assig 1 Assig2

Page 62: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

62

1 AN √ √ 10 10

2 AN √ √ 10 10 10

3 E, APP 10 10 10

4 E,APP 10 10

Total 30 30 40 INDEX: Blooms level: APP – Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E –Evaluate QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R – Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of class work (assignments/ quizzes, group work, simulations), and an examination. Class work constitutes 70% of the course grade and one examination at the end constitutes 30% of the course grade. Each course grade is distributed as under:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments In class case analysis and Group Project

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 In this class, students will be given in-class a case study related to the case and/or the subject. The details of the case study will be disclosed.

1,2,&3 30 Week 4

Assignment 2 The announcement of a group project will be made in week three or four at the most. The class will be divided into number of groups, each team will have a member working as a project leader and rest as the project team. Project leader will delegate tasks and group will prepare a short oral presentation to the rest of the class, and answer questions from the classmates and the instructor. Each group will be marked on criteria such as their evaluation and application of project management tools, presentation of the findings and ability to answer questions. All group members are expected to contribute equally to the project tasks.

2,3,&4

30 Week 8

Final Exam 1,2,3,4 40 Week 10

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Lectures and Case Studies 2. In-class Written Assessments and Home works 3. On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 4. Handout reading material

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/Week Lecture

Relation to

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

Page 63: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

63

CLO

1 1 1 An introduction to Supply Chain: An overview - What is SCM? - Development chain - Global optimization - Managing uncertainty - Evolution of SCM - Complexity of SCM - Why SCM? - Key issues in SCM

Chap 1

2 2 1 Operations Strategy

- Understand and evaluate:

- Operations Strategy

- Decision Analysis

- Consulting & Reengineering

Chap 2 &3

3 3 2 Operations Analysis:

- Develop Process Analysis

- Analyze and to solve Waiting & Queues

models

Chap 4&5

4 4 2 Supply chain Logistics Network Configuration

- To be able to evaluate and design:

- Operations and manufacturing layout

- Lean Production Systems

- Supply and distribution networks design

Assignment 1 DUE

Chap11&12

5 5 3 Multistage Production Systems

- To study the different configurations of the

production system.

- To discuss Material Requirements Planning

(MRP, MRPII under capacity constraints),

- To evaluate Multi-Stage Control and

Scheduling as well as Simulation and

Quality

Chap5

6 6 3 Operations Planning and Control

- Inventory Management

- Forecasting

- Quality Management: Six Sigma

Chap 6

7

7 4 Supply chain risk management

- To enhance the understanding of supply

chain risk

- To evaluate the appropriate techniques to

mitigate the negative impact on the supply

chain network

Chap12 & 16

Page 64: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

64

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Christopher, Martin. Logistics & supply chain management. Pearson UK, 2018.

References 1. Quantitative Methods in Supply Chain Management: Models and Algorithms By Ioannis T. Christou 2. Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning and Operation. By Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl. First edition published by Prentice-Hall, Inc., 2001. Designing and managing the supply chain: concepts, strategies, and case studies. By David Simchi-Levi, Philip Kaminsky and Edith Simchi-Levi. 1. edition published by McGraw-Hill, 2000. 3. – For purchasing and contracting focus: Purchasing and supply chain management. By Robert Monczka, Robert Trent and Robert Handfield. 2. edition published by South-Western, 2002. ISBN 0-324-02315-4. . For linear programming type modelling and finance focus: Modeling the supply chain. By Jeremy F. Shapiro. 1. edition published by Pacific Grove, 2001.

Supporting Reading Pricing. N. Petruzzi and M. Dada. Pricing and the newsvendor problem. Operations Research 1999 Vol.47 No.2: 183-194. Y. Zheng. On properties of stochastic inventory systems. Management Science 1992 Vol.38 No.1: 87-103. M. S. Daskin and C. R. Coullard, An inventory-location model: formulation, solution algorithm and computational results, Annals of Operations Research, 110, 83-106 (2002)

Class Attendance Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process of education

at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of their academic preparation.

Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and

absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

- To develop Resilience and robustness

analysis

8

8 4 IT and supply chain management

- Electronically Linking the Supply Chain

- Supply chain IT innovations

- Technology Standards

Assignment 2 DUE

Chap 16

9 9 4 Strategic Alliances and contract management

- To develop and to Implement Partnerships

in the Supply Chain

- To understand the basic of international

supply chain agreements and contracts

Chap14&16

10 10 1,2,3 &4

Final Examination

Page 65: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

65

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity Policy The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and behavior. The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order, discipline and stability on campus.

IV. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation,

fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation

of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

A. Plagiarism Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty. Types of Plagiarism

▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.

▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students

and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated

origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity

based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the students work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Page 66: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

66

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are automatically given

access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course. The course evaluation is also done

via Moodle.

Page 67: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

67

BUS 718 - Business Strategy DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic

Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course

Name Business Strategy Course Code BUS 718

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description: In this course students will learn the core elements of Business Strategy with the underlying theoretical rigor of economic theories. Competition lies at the heart of business, and doctoral students after studying this course will have the knowledge to undertake research in areas related to businesses conducted locally, regionally or globally. A selection of key areas on which students could focus their research themes for doctoral thesis could be: entry and exit strategies in a variety of markets, sources and strategies to cope with competitors, sources of competitive advantages and their sustainability, links between the strategy and structure of firms, and conducting industry analysis. This Course will also expose students to the elements of game theory principles of modern global business.

Course Objective (CO):

1. Students will have an in-depth understanding of rationales in economic theories to understand the contemporary strategy analysis applicable to modern firms.

2. Students will be able to conduct an industry analysis with the help of tools learnt in the course.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):

Upon completion of this course, students would be able to:

1. Conduct industry analysis to gauge the level of entry barriers into a business.

2. Analyze Core issues in a competitive business and evaluate existing relationships between competitive

elements of a business.

3. Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process.

4. Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages accruing to firms.

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the

given business domain.

Page 68: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

68

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for

empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of

current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Economics of Strategy (2017) by David Besanko, David Dranove, Mark Shanley, Scott

Schaefer. John Wiley & Sons.

Contemporary Strategy Analysis (2019) by Robert M. Grant. John Wiley & Sons.

References Games of Strategy (2015) by Avinash Dixit, Susan Skeath, et al. W. W. Norton & Company.

The Art of Strategy: A Game Theorist's Guide to Success in Business and Life by Avinash Dixit

and Barry Nalebuff | 19 Feb 2010.

W. W. Norton & Company.

(note: these books are slightly dated, but classics are worth buying)

Supporting Reading Case studies available in Moodle.

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Link

ed

to

CO

Link

ed

to

PO

Assessment and

Group project

Term

Paper

(marks)

40

Blooms

Level K S A

R

S

D

R

C

Assignm

ent 1/

Indiv

Assignm

ent 2 /

Group

1 E √ √ 1 1 10 10

2 S √ √ √ 2 3 10 10 10

3 S √ √ √ 2 2 10 10 10

4 S √ √ √ 2 2 10 10

30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E –Evaluate

QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC- Role in Context

Page 69: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

69

This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments (totaling 60%), and a term paper (40%). Each course

grade is distributed as under:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

➢ 95 A 4.0

90-94 A- 3.7

87-89 B+ 3.5

83-86 B 3.0

80-82 B- 2.7

Below 80 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 This will be a case study analyses. A case study will be

provided by the Instructor and the students are required to

identify the problems mentioned in the case study and offer

solutions based on strategic management process taught in

the course.

1 2 &

3

30 Week 4

Assignment 2 Second piece of assessment will consist of small group work

which will assess students’ group approach to analyzing a real-

life case study of a company. The announcement of a group

project will be made in week three. The class will be divided

into groups, each team will have a member working as a

project leader and rest as the project team. Project leader will

delegate tasks and group will prepare a short oral

presentation to the rest of the class, and answer questions

from the classmates and the instructor. Each group will be

marked on criteria such as their evaluation and application of

project management tools, presentation of the findings and

ability to answer questions. All group members are expected

to contribute equally to the project tasks.

2, 3 &

4

30 Week 8

Term Paper This is the research requirement for the course. The paper will

serve as an important exercise on how to design your research

proposal. Students will identify a problem that is plaguing

some business and will come up with a basic-research design

on how to investigate that problem.

1, 2 3

& 4

40 Week 9

Page 70: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

70

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php

2. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the recommendation of the Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform

3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Week Lecture

CLO Chapter Objectives Assignment /

Reading

1 Concept,

history, and

framework of

strategy

1,2 Why study strategy? The need for economics as a base for

strategy.

A brief history of strategy. A framework for strategy: within

the firm – goals and values, resources and capabilities,

structure and systems. Within the industry environment -

competitors, customers, suppliers.

Ch-1 Grant Ch-1 Besanko et. al. Reading: Ch on evolution of modern firm in Besanko et. al. 2 x case studies to be handed in class

2 Tools of strategy

analysis

3 Analyzing industry attractiveness; dissecting five-forces

framework, applying industry analysis to forecasting

industry profitability, using industry analysis to develop

strategy.

Extending five-forces framework: does industry matter,

hyper competition, the contribution of game theory,

segmentation analysis, strategic groups.

Ch-3,4 Grant Ch-1,2 Dixit and Skeath.

3 Analyzing resources and capabilities

3,4 The role of resources and capabilities in strategy

formulation; identifying and appraising resources and

capabilities. Developing strategy implications.

Ch-5 Grant Case studies to be given in class

4 Sources and dimensions of competitive advantage

1,2 How competitive advantages emerge and how they are

sustained.

Types of competitive advantages.

Competitive advantages in mature industries.

ASSIGNMENT 1 PRESENTATION & SUBMISSION

Ch-7, 10 Grant Ch-11 Besanko et. al.

5 The horizontal boundaries of the firm

1,2,3 Defining boundaries.

Sources of scale and scope economies, origin of scale

economies, scale economies in R and D. Sources of dis-

Ch-2 Besanko et.al. Cases to be given in class

Page 71: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

71

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process

of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of

their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and

grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this

section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

economies of scale.

The learning curve and its contribution to firms,

competitive advantage.

6 The vertical

boundaries of

the firm

1,2,3

Analyzing the fundamental ‘make or buy’ decision.

Reasons to make; exploiting scale and learning economies.

Reasons to buy: the economic foundations of contracts,

complete vs. incomplete contracting.

Coordination of production flows through vertical chain,

leakage of private information, transaction costs,

relationship specific assets, rents and quasi-rents, the

holdup problem, holdup problem and transaction cost.

Ch-3 Besanko et.al. Ch-11 Grant Cases to be allocated in class.

7

Strategic

positioning for

competitive

advantage

3,4 Competitive advantage and value creation: analytical tools

and conceptual foundations. From maximum willingness to

pay to consumer surplus.

Strategic positioning – cost advantage and benefit

advantage.

Strategic focusing broad coverage vs. focus strategies.

Ch-11 Besanko et.al.

8

Global strategy and MNEs

1,2,3,4 Implementing corporate strategy – managing multi-

business firm.

The role of corporate management: managing the

corporate portfolio, individual businesses, linkages across

boundaries.

Managing change in MNEs.

ASSIGNMENT 2 PRESENTATION & SUBMISSION

9 1,2,3,4 TERM PAPER PRESENTATION & SUBMISSION

Page 72: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

72

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity Policy

The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by

intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD

also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and

behavior.

The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct

expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to

established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order,

discipline and stability on campus.

V. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism,

misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as

a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

A. Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The

University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that

contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student

should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or

self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a

penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

Page 73: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

73

▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.

▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by

both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research

material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student

work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the students work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found

to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to

do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link:

https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

MANAGEMENT SPECIALIZATION

MGM 735 - Strategic Management

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Page 74: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

74

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Strategic Management Course Code MGM 735

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite

MGM 700 Evolution of Management Thought

Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description: This course has a pre-requisite – MGM 700. This seminar helps students to critically review and evaluate classic

and current theoretical approaches to strategy. It also addresses strategy-related issues such as the resource-

based view of the firm, industry evolution and dynamics, diversification and vertical integration, technology

management and agency. It aims to enhance students’ scholarly insight and understanding of the

development and knowledge in the field and to evaluate the theories pertaining to Strategy and Strategic

Management to sharpen students’ abilities to evaluate and generate new ideas for applied research.

Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:

1. Students will get a profound understanding of the research issues about Strategy and strategic management

2. Students will study the theories in Strategy/strategic management, integrate in theoretical framework and to possibly extend it to new problem statements

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:

1. Analyze research issues, theory and contributions in the field of Strategy/Strategic Management 2. Evaluate the methodology, findings, and limitations of research on particular topics in Strategy/Strategic

Management in the global and regional context 3. Formulate research propositions/new hypothesis in Strategy/Strategic Management research by

extending the theoretical framework to conceptual framework.

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs): 1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the

given business domain. 2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for

empirical investigation 3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of

current business-oriented challenges 4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Page 75: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

75

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

References Michael A. Hitt, R. Edward Freeman and Jeffrey S. Harrison (2006), The Blackwell handbook of Strategic Management, Blackwell Publisher

Andrew M P, Howard Thomas, Richard Whittington, (2006). Handbook of Strategy and Management, Sage Publications

Supporting Reading Research articles in the weekly plan below are available from UD library resources (online)

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO

Class Work (marks) 60%

Term Paper 40%

Blooms Level

K S AR SD RC

Assessment

One 30% Assessment

Two 30%

1 AN √ √ √ √ 1 1 & 2 15 13

2 E √ √ √ 2 3 15 15 13

3 C √ √ √ 2 4 15 14

Total 30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: AN – Analyze, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article and answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. These are to be discussed in detail. Students will also be introduced to statistical findings, practical implications, critical evaluation (including limitations) and future research as a prelude to Assignment 2. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1 & 2

30 Week 4

Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected to extend the conceptual framework in

2 & 3

30 Week 8

Page 76: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

76

the study by including new variables (with hypotheses) and justifying them. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

Term Paper Since this is final term of the coursework, the term paper should closely resemble the student’s final Research Proposal, more so compared with previous terms. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain a more complete and relevant set of citations/theories from the discipline of Strategic Management. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1, 2 & 3

40 Week 9

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php

2. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the recommendation of the Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform

3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/Week

Lecture

Relation to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 1 Module.1: Basic of Strategy R1. Porter, Michael 1996. What is Strategy? Harvard

Business Review, 74, 61

R2. Caves, Richard E. and Ghemawat, Pankaj 1992.

Identifying Mobility Barriers. Strategic Management

Journal, 13, 1—12

R3. Teece, David 1986. Profiting from technological innovation: Implications for integration, collaboration, licensing and public policy. Research Policy, 15, 285—305 R4. Kiron, David; Schrage, Michael, Strategy For and With AI, MIT Sloan Management Review, 06/2019, Volume 60, Issue 4 R5. Global Value Chains, Business Networks,

Strategy, and International Business: Convergences

by Humphrey, John; Todeva, Emanuela; Armando,

Eduardo; Review of Business Management,

10/2019, Volume 21, Issue Special Issue

2 2 1 Module 2: Strategy and the Locus

of Performance

R1. Rumelt, Richard P., 1991, How much does

industry matter?, Strategic Management Journal

12,167–185

Page 77: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

77

R2. McGahan, Anita M., and Michael E. Porter, 1997,

How much does industry matter, really? Strategic

Management Journal 18, 15–30.

R3. Bertrand, M., and A. Schoar, 2003, Managing

with style: The effect of managers on firm policies,

The Quarterly Journal of Economics 118, 1169–1208.

R4.Envisioning the ‘Sharing City’: Governance

Strategies for the Sharing Economy

by Vith, Sebastian; Oberg, Achim; Höllerer, Markus

A;Journal of Business Ethics, 11/2019, Volume 159,

Issue 4

R5. System advantage strategy framework: a

literature review, Muhammad, Ade; Putro, Utomo

Sarjono; Siallagan, Manahan

International Journal of Trade and Global Markets,

2019, Volume 12, Issue 2

3 3 1 Module 3: Competitive and

Cooperative Interactions

R1. Gimeno J. 1999. Reciprocal Threats in

Multimarket Rivalry: Staking out 'Spheres of

Influence in the U.S. Airline Industry. Strategic

Management Journal 20(2): 101-128

R2. The creation of high-tech ventures in

entrepreneurial ecosystems: exploring the

interactions among university knowledge,

cooperative...Ghio, Niccolò; Guerini, Massimiliano;

Rossi-Lamastra, Cristina Small Business Economics,

02/2019, Volume 52, Issue 2

R3. Dyer, J. H. and H. Singh (1998). "The relational

view: Cooperative strategy and sources of inter-

organizational competitive advantage." Academy of

Management Review 23(4): 660.

R4. Schilling, M. A. and C. C. Phelps (2007). "Interfirm

Collaboration Networks: The Impact of Large-Scale

Network Structure on Firm Innovation."

Management Science 53(7): 1113-1126.

4 4 2 Module 4: The Resource-Based

View and Firm Capabilities

ASSIGNMENT 1 PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION (Submission of report and powerpoint slides)

R1. Barney, J. B. (1991). "Firm resources and

sustained competitive advantage." Journal of

Management 17(1): 99-120.R2. Helfat CE, Peteraf

MA. 2003. The dynamic resource-based view:

Capability lifecycles. Strategic Management Journal

24(10): 997-1010.

R3. Sakakibara, M. (1997). "Heterogeneity of firm

capabilities and cooperative research and

development: An empirical examination of

motives." Strategic Management Journal 18: 143.

Page 78: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

78

R4. Big Data and Predictive Analytics and

Manufacturing Performance: Integrating

Institutional Theory, Resource‐Based View... by

Dubey, Rameshwar; Gunasekaran, Angappa; Childe,

Stephen J; British Journal of Management, 04/2019,

Volume 30, Issue 2

5 5 2 Module 5: Organizational

Learning and Adaptation

R1. Cohen, W. M. and D. A. Levinthal (1990).

"Absorptive capacity: A new perspective on learning

and innovation." Administrative Science Quarterly

35(1): 128-152

R2. Ingram, P. and J. A. C. Baum (1997). "Opportunity

and constraint: Organizations' learning from the

operating and competitive experience of industries."

Strategic Management Journal 18: 75- 98

R3. Information sharing and innovative work

behavior: The role of work‐based learning,

challenging tasks, Battistelli, Adalgisa; Odoardi, C;

Vandenberghe, C; Human Resource Development

Quarterly, 2019, Volume 30, Issue 3

R4:The ‘How’ of Multilevel Learning Dynamics: A

Systematic Literature Review Exploring How

Mechanisms Bridge Learning... Wiewiora, Anna;

Smidt, Michelle; Chang, Artemis , European

Management Review, 2019, Volume 16, Issue 1

6 6 3 Module 6: Industry Evolution

R1. Klepper, S. and K. L. Simons (2000). "Dominance

by birthright: Entry of prior radio producers and

competitive ramifications in the U.S. television

receiver industry." Strategic Management Journal

21(10/11): 997-1016.

R2. Teece, D.J., G. Pisano, A. Shuen. 1997. Dynamic

capabilities and strategic management. Strategic

Management J. 18(7) 509-533.

R3. Sterman, J. D., R. Henderson, et al. (2007).

"Getting Big Too Fast: Strategic Dynamics with

Increasing Returns and Bounded Rationality."

Management Science 53(4): 683-696.

R4.Siggelkow, N. (2001). "Change in the presence of

fit: The rise, the fall, and the renaissance of Liz

Claiborne." Academy of Management Journal 44(4):

838.

R5: A Bibliometric Study of Research-Technology

Management, 1998-2017: An analysis of 20 years

of...

Page 79: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

79

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is

essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers

are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s

learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are

stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See

by Shum, Vanessa; Park, Andrew; Maine, Elicia;

Research-Technology Management, 01/2019,

Volume 62, Issue 1

7

7 3 Module 7: Strategy as People

and Processes

.

R1. Tripsas M, Gavetti G. 2000. Capabilities,

cognition, and inertia: Evidence from digital imaging.

Strategic Management Journal 21(10/11): 1147-

1161.

R2. Burgelman RA. 1994. Fading memories: A process

theory of strategic business exit in dynamic

environments. Administrative Science Quarterly

39(1): 24-56

R3. Noda T, Collis DJ. 2001. The Evolution of

Intraindustry Firm Heterogeneity: Insights from a

Process Study. Academy of Management Journal

44(4): 897-925.

R4. Eggers JP, Kaplan S. 2009. Cognition and

renewal: Comparing CEO and organizational effects

on incumbent adaptation to technical change.

Organization Science 20(2): 461-477.

R5: Design-Led Strategy: How To Bring Design

Thinking Into The Art of Strategic Management

by Knight, Eric; Daymond, Jarryd; Paroutis, Sotirios ,

California Management Review, 02/2020, Volume

62, Issue 2

8

8 1,2,3 &4 ASSIGNMENT 2 PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION

(Present the Term paper and Assig 2 simultaneously but submit separate reports. Also submit in powerpoint and word format). Detailed feedback will be given.

9 9 1,2,3 &4 TERM PAPER PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION

(Present the Term paper and Assig 2 simultaneously but submit separate reports. Also submit in powerpoint and word format). Detailed feedback will be given.

10 10 1,2, &3 More practice on the Comprehensive Exam

Articles will be given in class for practice

Page 80: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

80

Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)

Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.

Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source

by using identical words without attribution.

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally

without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the

strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed

by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

Page 81: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

81

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

MGM 740 - Organizational Theory & Behavior

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Page 82: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

82

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Organizational Theory & Behavior Course Code MGM 740

Credit Hour 3 Pre-

requisite

MGM 700

Evolution of

Management

Thought

Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description

This course continues from the pre-requisite seminar MGM 700. This seminar helps students to critically analyze a wide variety of theoretical approaches to Organizational Theory and Behavior, with a primary focus on individual and interactional processes. Drawing on theory and research in psychology, sociology and anthropology, students will evaluate individual, and interpersonal processes in work organizations. Topics have been selected due to relevance in OB research. Course Objectives

1. Students will gain an in-depth understanding of the main issues in organizational theory and behavior research.

2. Students will explore new theories or extend existing ones, in selected topics in organizational theory and behavior.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)

Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: 1. Critically evaluate the theories of organizational behavior related to personality, attitudes, motivation,

satisfaction, commitment, stress, and emotion. 2. Evaluate the methodology, findings, and limitations of research in organizational theory and behavior. 3. Formulate new/original falsifiable hypotheses in organizational theory and behavior research.

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Page 83: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

83

Textbooks Required Stewart Clegg & Cary Cooper (2020). The SAGE Handbook of Organizational Behavior Stephen Robbins & Timothy Judge (2018). Organizational Behavior. Pearson. Mullins L. J. (2020). Organizational Behavior at the Workplace. Pearson

References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class

Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the weekly assigned readings are available from UD library resources (online).

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO

Class Work (marks) 60%

Term Paper 40%

Blooms Level

K S AR SD RC

Assessment

One 30% Assessment

Two 30%

1 E √ √ √ √ 1 2 15 13

2 E √ √ √ √ 1 3 15 15 13

3 C √ √ √ 2 4 15 14

Total 30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article and answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. These are to be discussed in detail. Students will also be introduced to statistical findings, practical implications, critical evaluation (including limitations) and future research as a prelude to Assignment 2. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1 & 2

30 Week 4

Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected to extend the conceptual framework in the study by including new variables (with hypotheses) and justifying them. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

2 & 3

30 Week 8

Page 84: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

84

Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1, 2 & 3

40 Week 9

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php

2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/Week

Lecture

Relation to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 2 Introduction. Sources and foundations of OB (psychology, sociology & anthropology). Overview of OB topics in the context of research Briefing on Assignments & Term Paper

PowerPoint slides, pre-recorded lectures.

2 2 2 Module 2: Personality, the pervasive nature of Person-Environment Fit, and job-related outcomes .

Simha, Aditya, & Parboteeah, K. Praveen (2019). The Big 5

Personality Traits and Willingness to Justify Unethical

Behavior—A Cross-National Examination. Journal of

business ethics, 2019-03-14, p.1-21

Kristof, Zimmerman & Johnson (2005). Consequences of

individuals’ fit at work: a meta-analysis. Personnel

Psychology, 58, 281–342

3 3 1 Module 3: The pervasive

nature of Person-

Environment Fit

(continued) and

developing new theories

on P-E fit

Chatman, J.A. (1989). Improving interactional

organizational research: A model of person- organization

fit. Academy of Management Review, 14, 333-349.

Schneider, B. (1987). The people make the place.

Personnel Psychology, 40, 437-453.

Ahmad, K. Z. (Jan 2008). Relationship between leader-subordinate personality congruence and performance and satisfaction in the UK. Leadership and Organization Development Journal, 29(5/6), 396-411. (SCOPUS) (B ranked journal)

Page 85: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

85

4 4 1 Module 4: Dependent

variables in OB research

(Satisfaction, OCB,

Commitment, Engagement,

Performance)

ASSIGNMENT 1 PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION (Submission of report and powerpoint slides)

Bolino, M.C., Klotz, A.C., Turnley, W.H. & Harvey, J. (2013). Exploring the dark side of organizational citizenship behavior. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 34, 542–559. Kim, K.Y., Eisenberger, R. & Baik, K. (2016). Perceived organizational support and affective organizational commitment: Moderating influence of perceived organizational competence. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 37, 558–583. Clark, D.M. & Loxton, N.J. (2012). Fear, psychological acceptance, job demands and employee work engagement: an integrative moderated mediation model. Personality and individual differences, 52, 893-897.

Alex Ning Li & Hwee Hoon Tan (2013). What happens

when you trust your supervisor? Mediators of individual

performance in trust relationships. Journal of

Organizational Behavior. 34, 407–425

5 5 3.4 Module 5: Other

dependent and

independent variables:

Stress & Communication

Satisfaction

Farquharson, B., Bell, C., Johnston, D., Jones, M., Schofield, P., Allan, J., Ricketts, I., Morrison, K., & Johnston, M. (2013). Nursing stress and patient care: real-time investigation of the effect of nursing tasks and demands on psychological stress, physiological stress, and job performance: study protocol. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 2327-2335. Hogh, H., Hansen A.M., Mikkelson, E.G. & Persson, R. (2012). Exposure to negative acts at work, psychological stress reactions, and physiological stress response. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 73, 47-52. Ahmad, K. Z. (July 2011). Alternatives to simply forgiving and forgetting: examining techniques in hypnosis, NLP and Time Line TherapyTM in reducing the intensity of negative emotions attached to memories of stressful events. Stress and Health, 27(3), 241-250. (ISI; ABDC ranked A Journal). Chan, S.H.J., Lai, H.Y.I. (2017). Understanding the link between communication satisfaction, perceived justice, & organizational citizenship behavior. Journal of Business Research, 214-223.

6 6 3,4 Module 6: Motivation,

Equity and Performance

Cerasoli, C.P. Nicklin, J.M., & Ford, M. T. (2014). Intrinsic Motivation and Extrinsic Incentives Jointly predict performance: a 40-year Meta-Analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 140, (4), 980-1008. Ahmad, K. Z. (Dec 2010). Pay equity sensitivity and person-environment fit. International Journal of Psychological Studies, 2(2), 127-135. Shibchurn, J. & Yan, X. (2015) Information disclosure on social networking sites: An intrinsic-extrinsic motivation perspective. Computers in Human Behavior, 44, 103-117.

Page 86: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

86

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is

essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers

are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s

learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are

stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

7

7 3,4 Module 7: Emotions, Affect and other topics.

Weiss, H., & Cropanzano, R. (1996). Affective events

theory: A theoretical discussion of the structure, causes,

and consequences of affective experiences at work.

Research in organizational behavior, Vol. 18, 1-74.

Brief, A. P., & Weiss, H. M. (2002). Organizational

behavior: Affect in the workplace. Annual Review of

Psychology, 53, 279-307.

Barsade, S. G. (2002). The ripple effect: Emotional

contagion and its influence on group behavior.

Administrative Science Quarterly, 47, 644-675.

Amabile, T. M., Barsade, S. G., Mueller, J. S., & Staw, B. M.

(2005). Affect and creativity at work. Administrative

Science Quarterly, 50, 367-403.

8

8 1,2,3 &4 ASSIGNMENT 2 PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION

(Present the Term paper and Assig 2 simultaneously but submit separate reports. Also submit in powerpoint and word format). Detailed feedback will be given.

9 9 1,2,3 &4 TERM PAPER PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION

(Present the Term paper and Assig 2 simultaneously but submit separate reports. Also submit in powerpoint and word format). Detailed feedback will be given.

10 10 3 Feedback Suggestions for the future

Page 87: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

87

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)

The University of Dubai (UD) is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by intellectual and personal

honesty, social integration, ethical behavior, and respect for the rights of the individual. UD also expects its student

to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and behavior.

The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of

conduct expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions,

according to established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by

maintaining order, discipline, and stability on campus. The following sections describe Student Academic

Misconduct, Plagiarism, Violations, and Sanctions.

Students who are registered in this must strictly adhere to this Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the

sanctions stated here and in accordance to UD Policies and Regulations.

A. Student Academic Misconduct

Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams. Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

A.1 Plagiarism Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The

University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that

contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should

be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-

plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for

their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

• Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by

both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research

material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

Page 88: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

88

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student

work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the students work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

MGM 745 - Human Resources Management

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Page 89: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

89

Semester Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Human Resources Management Course Code MGM 745

Credit Hour 3 Pre-

requisite

MGM 700

Evolution of

Management

Thought

Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description: This course continues from the pre-requisite seminar MGM 700. This course reviews and evaluates modern issues

in the area of Human Resources/Personnel Management (HRM) with emphasis on Dualities in HRM, HRM practices

and systems, alignment of HRM practices to Organization Strategy, HRM Integration and International HRM

practices. It attempts to enhance students’ scholarly insight and understanding of the development and knowledge

in the field and to evaluate the theories pertaining to human resource management and strategic human resource

management to sharpen students’ abilities to critically evaluate and generate new idea for increased

organizational performance.

Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:

1. Students will get a profound understanding of the research issues pertaining to evolution of HRM research and the current state of Strategic HRM research.

2. Students will study the theories, integrate in theoretical framework and to possibly extend it to new problem statements pertaining to people management, HRM and performance.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes (With linkage to CO):

1. Analyze research issues, theory and contributions in the field of HRM/ Strategic HRM 2. Evaluate the methodology, findings and limitations on particular topics in human resource management in

the global and regional context 3. Formulate research propositions/new hypotheses in human resource management research by extending

the theoretical framework to conceptual framework.

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

Page 90: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

90

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Armstrong, M and Taylor, S (2017: 14th edition), Armstrong’s handbook of human resource management practice. Kogan Page, London.

References Boxall, P,Purcell, J, and Wright, P (2007). The Oxford handbook of human resource management. Oxford University Press.

Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the weekly assigned readings are available from UD library resources (online).

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO

Class Work (marks) 60%

Term Paper 40%

Blooms Level

K S AR SD RC

Assessment

One 30% Assessment

Two 30%

1 AN √ √ √ √ 1 1 & 2 15 13

2 E √ √ √ 2 3 15 15 13

3 C √ √ √ 2 4 15 14

Total 30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: AN- Analyse, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article and answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. These are to be discussed in detail. Students will also be introduced to statistical findings, practical implications, critical evaluation (including limitations) and future research as a prelude to Assignment 2. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1 & 2

30 Week 4

Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical

2 & 3 30 Week 8

Page 91: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

91

implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected to extend the conceptual framework in the study by including new variables (with hypotheses) and justifying them. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1, 2 & 3

40 Week 9

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php

2. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the recommendation of the Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform

3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/Week

Lecture

Relation to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 1 Module 1: Dualities in

HRM

- Globalization

and its

implications

- Work-force

Diversity

- Changing skill

requirements

- Corporate

downsizing.

R1. In search of balance - managing the dualities of

HRM: an overview of the issues Boselie, Paul;

Brewster, Chris; Paauwe, Jaap. Personnel Review 38.5

(2009): 461-471.

R2. Employability Management Needs Analysis for the

ICT sector in Europe: The Case of Small and Medium-

sized Enterprises van der Heijden, Beatrice I J M; van

der Schoot, Esther; Scholarios, Dora; Marzec, Isabela;

Bozionelos, Nikos; et al. Journal of Centrum Cathedra

3.2 (Sep 2010): 182-200.

R3. Human resource management in Turkey - Current

issues and future challenges Aycan, Zeynep.

International Journal of Manpower 22.3 (2001): 252-

260.

R4. Human resource management practices in a

transition economy

Okpara, John O; Wynn, Pamela. Management

Research Review 31.1 (2008): 57-76.

Page 92: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

92

ADDITIONAL READINGS:

1. Higgins, P., Roper, I. and Gamwell, S. (2016),

“HRM as an emerging new managerial

profession”, Perspectives on Contemporary

Professional Work: Challenges and Experiences,

January, pp. 287–312.

2. Kundu, S.C. and Mor, A. (2017), “Workforce

diversity and organizational performance: a study

of IT industry in India”, Employee Relations, Vol.

39 No. 2, pp. 160–183.

3. Pachter, L.M. and Kodjo, C. (2015), “New Century

Scholars: A Mentorship Program to Increase

Workforce Diversity in Academic Pediatrics”,

Academic Medicine, Vol. 90 No. 7, pp. 881–887.

4. Park, Y.W. and Shintaku, J. (2016), “The

replication process of a global localisation

strategy: A case study of Korean firms”,

International Journal of Business Innovation and

Research, Vol. 10 No. 1, pp. 8–25.

2 2 2 Module 2:

Compensation Practices

- Continuous improvement programs

- Re-engineering work processes for improved productivity

- Contingent workforce

- Mass Customization

.

R1. International compensation practices: A ten-

country comparative analysis Lowe, Kevin B; Milliman,

John; De Cieri, Helen; Dowling, Peter J. Human

Resource Management 41.1 (Spring 2002): 45-66

R2. The Relationship between Human Resource

Management and Firm Performance in Malaysia Lo,

May-Chiun; Mohamad, Abang Azlan; La, Maw King.

International Journal of Economics and Finance 1.1

(Feb 2009): 103-109.

R3. A New Vision of Management: Full Potential

Management Model Fujimoto, Yuka; Hartel, Charmine

E J. Journal of Diversity Management 5.4 (Fourth

Quarter 2010): 19-29.

R4. Public reporting of HRM practices among selected

Hong Kong companies Chan, Juni; Burgess, John.

Journal of Chinese Human Resources Management

1.2 (2010): 115-127.

ADDITIONAL READINGS:

1. Kimball, S.M., Ph, D., Heneman, H.G., Ph, D.,

Worth, R., Ph, D., Arrigoni, J., et al. (2017),

“District Changes in Teacher Compensation

Practices When Collective Bargaining

Page 93: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

93

Disappears”, Annual Conference of the

Association for Education Finance and Policy.

2. McDonnell, A., Gunnigle, P., Lavelle, J. and

Lamare, R. (2016), “Beyond managerial talent:

‘key group’ identification and differential

compensation practices in multinational

companies”, International Journal of Human

Resource Management, Routledge, Vol. 27 No.

12, pp. 1299–1318.

3. Michiels, A. (2017), “Formal compensation

practices in family SMEs”, Journal of Small

Business and Enterprise Development, Vol. 24 No.

1.

4. Pollard, D., Chuo, S. and Lee, B. (2016),

“Strategies For Mass Customization”, Journal of

Business and Esconomics Research, Vol. 14 No. 3,

pp. 77–86.

3 3 2 Module 3: HR Practices in

GULF

Module 3: HR practices in Gulf

R1. Challenges Faced by Expatriate Workers in Gulf

Cooperation Council Countries Naithani, Pranav; Jha,

A N. International Journal of Business and

Management 5.1 (Jan 2010): 98-103.

R2. From the shadows into the light: Let's get real

about outsourcing Hunter, James D; Hall, Allastair N.

Journal of Management and Organization 17.1 (Jan

2011): 77-94.

R3. THE IMPACT OF ELECTRONIC HUMAN RESOURCE

MANAGEMENT ON THE ROLE OF HUMAN RESOURCE

MANAGERS De Alwis, A Chamaru. E+M Ekonomie a

Management4 (2010): 47-60.

R4. HR ROLES AND EMPOWERING THE LINE IN

HUMAN RESOURCE ACTIVITIES: A REVIEW AND A

PROPOSED MODEL Yusoff, Yusliza Mohd; Abdullah,

Hazman Shah. International Journal of Business and

Society 9.2 (Jul 2008): 9-19,75.

ADDITIONAL READINGS:

1. Afiouni, F., Ruël, H. and Schuler, R. (2014), “HRM

in the Middle East: toward a greater

understanding”, The International Journal of

Human Resource Management, Routledge, Vol.

25 No. 2, pp. 133–143.

2. Al-Nahyan, S.F.H.M.A.E.S.M.O.M. (2016), “HRM

Page 94: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

94

practices and organizational performance in the

UAE banking sector: The mediating role of

organizational innovation”, International Journal

of Productivity and Performance Management,

Vol. 65 No. 6, pp. 773–791.

3. Al Ariss, A. and Sidani, Y. (2016), “Divergence,

convergence, or crossvergence in international

human resource management”, Human Resource

Management Review, Elsevier Inc., Vol. 26 No. 4,

pp. 283–284.

4. Sidani, Y. and Al Ariss, A. (2014), “Institutional and

corporate drivers of global talent management:

Evidence from the Arab Gulf region”, Journal of

World Business, Elsevier Inc., Vol. 49 No. 2, pp.

215–224.

4 4 2 Module 4: HR Systems

in practice

- Decentralized work sites

- Employee involvement

- Technology - Technology - Family work life

balance - Confidentiality

ASSIGNMENT 1 PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION (Submission of report and powerpoint slides)

R1. An Empirical Study of Impact of Job Satisfaction on

job Performance in the Public Sector Organizations

Rehman, Muhammad Safdar; Waheed, Ajmal.

Interdisciplinary Journal of Contemporary Research In

Business 2.9 (Jan 2011): 167-181

R2. THEORETICAL DEVELOPMENT IN THE FIELD OF

HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT: ISSUES AND

CHALLENGES FOR THE FUTURE Ferris, Gerald R; Hall,

Angela T; Royle, M Todd; Martocchio, Joseph J.

International Journal of Organizational Analysis 12.3

(2004): 231-254,339-341.

R3. Infiltration of the Multicultural Awareness:

Multinational Enterprise Strategy Management Chen,

Ying-Chang; Wang, Wen Cheng; Chu, Ying Chien.

International Journal of Business and Management

6.2 (Feb 2011): 72-76

R4. Micro vs Small Enterprises: A Profile of Human

Resource Personnel, Practices and Support Systems

Pearson, Terry R; Stringer, Donna Y; Mills, La Velle H;

Summers, David F. Journal of Management Research

6.2 (Aug 2006): 102-112.

ADDITIONAL READINGS:

1. Carmeli, A., Brammer, S., Gomes, E. and Tarba,

S.Y. (2017), “An organizational ethic of care and

employee involvement in sustainability-related

behaviors: A social identity perspective”, Journal

of Organizational Behavior, No. January.

2. Haar, J.M., Russo, M., Sune, A. and Ollier-

Page 95: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

95

Malaterre, A. (2014), “Outcomes of work–life

balance on job satisfaction, life satisfaction and

mental health: A study across seven cultures”,

Journal of Vocational Behavior, Vol. 85 No. 3, pp.

361–373.

3. Mahadevia, D., Bhatia, N. and Bhatt, B. (2016),

“Decentralized governance or passing the buck:

the case of resident welfare associations at

resettlement sites, Ahmedabad, India”,

Environment and Urbanization, Vol. 28 No. 1, pp.

294–307.

4. Russo, M., Shteigman, A. and Carmeli, A. (2016),

“Workplace and family support and work–life

balance: Implications for individual psychological

availability and energy at work”, The Journal of

Positive Psychology, Routledge, Vol. 11 No. 2, pp.

173–188.

5. Wallace, J.C., Butts, M.M., Johnson, P.D., Stevens,

F.G. and Smith, M.B. (2016), “A Multilevel Model

of Employee Innovation: Understanding the

Effects of Regulatory Focus, Thriving, and

Employee Involvement Climate”, Journal of

Management, Vol. 42 No. 4, pp. 982–1004.

5 5 2 Module 5: Managing

HR Performance

Rethinking

performance

Getting data that

matter

Overcome the anxiety

out of compensation

Coach at scale to get

the best from the

most

Human Resources

Planning (HRP)

Objectives

Need for HRP at

Macro Level

Process of HRP

R1. Theoretical and Empirical Investigation of Impact

of Developmental HR Configuration on Human Capital

Management Choudhury, Jyotirmayee; Mishra, B B.

International Business Research 3.4 (Oct 2010): 181-

186.

R2. Future research on human resource management

systems in Asia Budhwar, Pawan; Debrah, Yaw A. Asia

Pacific Journal of Management 26.2 (Jun 2009): 197-

218.

R3. Unlocking the black box: line managers and HRM-

Performance in a call centre context Harney, Brian;

Jordan, Claire. International Journal of Productivity

and Performance Management 57.4 (2008): 275-296.

R4. Whatever happened to human resource

management performance? Prowse, Peter; Prowse,

Julie. International Journal of Productivity and

Performance Management 59.2 (2010): 145-162.

Page 96: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

96

Problems in HRP Process

Barriers to HRP

Strategic Planning

Human Resource

Information System

Forecasting Demands

Forecasting Supply

Man Power Forecasting

Problems in Manpower

Planning

R1. Theoretical and Empirical Investigation of Impact

of Developmental HR Configuration on Human Capital

Management Choudhury, Jyotirmayee; Mishra, B B.

International Business Research 3.4 (Oct 2010): 181-

186.

R2. Future research on human resource management

systems in Asia Budhwar, Pawan; Debrah, Yaw A. Asia

Pacific Journal of Management 26.2 (Jun 2009): 197-

218.

R3. Unlocking the black box: line managers and HRM-

Performance in a call centre context Harney, Brian;

Jordan, Claire. International Journal of Productivity

and Performance Management 57.4 (2008): 275-296.

R4. Whatever happened to human resource

management performance? Prowse, Peter; Prowse,

Julie. International Journal of Productivity and

Performance Management 59.2 (2010): 145-162.

6 6 3 Module 6: HR

Integration

- Integration &

Orientation

- Steps in Induction

Program

- Purposes of Orientation

- Topics Covered in

Employee Orientation

Program

- Training and

Development

- Training, Development,

and Education

- Purposes of Training &

Development

- Selecting T & D

Program

- The Steps in Training

Process

- Issues in Employee

Training

R1. HRM strategies and MNCs from emerging

economies in the UK Chang, Yi Ying; Wilkinson, Adrian

J; Mellahi, Kamel. European Business Review 19.5

(2007): 404-419.

R2. Global HRM integration: a knowledge transfer

perspective Smale, Adam. Personnel Review 37.2

(2008): 145-164.

R3. In search of "best practices" in international

human resource management: Research design and

methodology Geringer, J Michael; Frayne, Colette A;

Milliman, John F. Human Resource Management 41.1

(Spring 2002): 5-30.

R4. Examining the link between human resource

management orientation and firm performance

Panayotopoulou, Leda; Papalexandris, Nancy.

Personnel Review 33.5/6 (2004): 499-520.

ADDITIONAL READINGS:

1. Ellemers, N. (2014), “Women at Work: How

Organizational Features Impact Career

Development”, Policy Insights from the

Behavioral and Brain Sciences, Vol. 1 No. 1, pp.

46–54.

2. Jos Akkermans, Veerle Brenninkmeijer, Wilmar B.

Schaufeli, A.R.W.B.B. (2015), “It’s All About

Careerskills: Effectiveness of A Career

Page 97: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

97

- General Benefits from

Employee Training and

Development

- Career Management

- Career Planning

- Need for Career

Planning

- Career Paths

- Career Development

- Career-Impacted Life

Stages

Development Intervention for Young Employees”,

Human Resource Management, Vol. 54 No. 4, pp.

533–551.

3. Knight, D.K., Joe, G.W., Crawley, R.D., Becan, J.E.,

Dansereau, D.F. and Flynn, P.M. (2016), “The

Effectiveness of the Treatment Readiness and

Induction Program (TRIP) for Improving During-

Treatment Outcomes”, Journal of Substance

Abuse Treatment, Elsevier Inc., Vol. 62, pp. 20–27.

4. Paillé, P., Chen, Y., Boiral, O. and Jin, J. (2014),

“The Impact of Human Resource Management on

Environmental Performance: An Employee-Level

Study”, Journal of Business Ethics, Vol. 121 No. 3,

pp. 451–466.

5. Sheehan, M. (2014), “Human resource

management and performance: Evidence from

small and medium-sized firms”, International

Small Business Journal, Vol. 32 No. 5, pp. 545–

570.

7

7 3 New Directions in HRM

in MNCs & International

HRM

- New Trends in HR

- New Trends in

International HRM

- Outsourcing and Its HR

Dimensions

- Human Resource

Outsourcing: Scope

- Human Resource

Planning and

Downsizing

- Voluntary Redundancy

and Ways of Downsizing

Processing

- Benchmark

- The Importance of

Benchmarking

R1. Inside the "black box" and "HRM" Edgar, Fiona;

Geare, Alan. International Journal of Manpower 30.3

(2009): 220-236

R2. Contemporary debates and new directions in HRM

in MNCs: introduction Morley, Michael J; Collings,

David G. International Journal of Manpower 25.6

(2004): 487-499.

R3. Employee-Centred Human Resource Management

Practices Edgar, Fiona. New Zealand Journal of

Employment Relations 28.3 (Oct 2003): 230-240.

R4. On the interface between operations and human

resources management

Boudreau, John; Hopp, Wallace; McClain, John O;

Thomas, L Joseph. Manufacturing & Service

Operations Management 5.3 (Summer 2003): 179.

ADDITIONAL READINGS:

1. Bartram, T., Boyle, B., Stanton, P., Burgess, J. and

McDonnell, a. (2015), “Multinational enterprises

and industrial relations: A research agenda for

the 21st century”, Journal of Industrial Relations,

Vol. 57 No. 2, pp. 127–145.

2. Björkman, I. and Welch, D. (2015), “Framing the

Page 98: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

98

field of international human resource

management research.”, International Journal of

Human Resource Management, Taylor & Francis,

Vol. 26 No. 2, pp. 136–150.

3. Colakoglu, S., Allen, M., Miah, K. and Bird, A.

(2016), “High-investment HR values and firm

performance among local firms and US MNCs’

subsidiaries in South Asia: a comparative study”,

International Journal of Human Resource

Management, Routledge, Vol. 27 No. 13, pp.

1426–1447.

4. Edwards, T., Sánchez-Mangas, R., Jalette, P.,

Lavelle, J. and Minbaeva, D. (2016), “Global

standardization or national differentiation of

HRM practices in multinational companies? A

comparison of multinationals in five countries”,

Journal of International Business Studies, Vol. 47,

pp. 997–1021.

5. Minbaeva, D., Pedersen, T., Bjorkman, I., Fey, C.F.

and Park, H.J. (2014), “MNC knowledge transfer,

subsidiary absorptive capacity and HRM”, Journal

of International Business Studies, Vol. 45, pp. 52–

62.

6. Al Ariss, A. and Sidani, Y. (2016), “Comparative

international human resource management:

Future research directions”, Human Resource

Management Review, Elsevier Inc., Vol. 26 No. 4,

pp. 352–358.

7. Cascio, W.F. and Boudreau, J.W. (2016), “The

search for global competence: From international

HR to talent management”, Journal of World

Business, Elsevier Inc., Vol. 51 No. 1, pp. 103–114.

8. Gould-Williams, J.S. (2016), “Managers’ motives

for investing in HR practices and their

implications for public service motivation: A

theoretical perspective”, International Journal of

Manpower, Vol. 37 No. 5, pp. 764–776.

9. Lee Cooke, F. and Xiao, Y. (2014), “Gender roles

and organizational HR practices: The case of

women’s careers in accountancy and consultancy

firms in China”, Human Resource Management,

Vol. 53 No. 1, pp. 23–44.

10. Rao-Nicholson, R., Khan, Z., Akhtar, P. and Tarba,

S.Y. (2016), “The contingent role of distributed

leadership in the relationship between HR

practices and organizational ambidexterity in the

cross-border M&As of emerging market

multinationals”, The International Journal of

Human Resource Management, Routledge, pp. 1–

Page 99: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

99

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is

essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers

are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s

learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are

stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

22.

8

8 1,2,3 &4 ASSIGNMENT 2 PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION

(Present the Term paper and Assig 2 simultaneously but submit separate reports. Also submit in powerpoint and word format). Detailed feedback will be given.

9 9 1,2,3 &4 TERM PAPER PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION

(Present the Term paper and Assig 2 simultaneously but submit separate reports. Also submit in powerpoint and word format). Detailed feedback will be given.

10 10 3 Feedback Suggestions for the future

Page 100: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

100

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)

Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.

Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source

by using identical words without attribution.

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally

without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the

strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed

by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Page 101: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

101

MGM 750 - Leadership Theory

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Leadership Theory Course Code MGM 750

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite

MGM 700

Evolution of

Management

Thought

Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description: This course has a pre-requisite – MGM700. This seminar reviews and evaluates theoretical underpinning of leadership. It addresses trait theory, contingency theory, leader-member exchange theory (LMX), transformational theory and other theoretical frameworks advanced for leadership. The seminar focuses on sharpening students’ abilities to critically evaluate literature on leadership. Course Objective: Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:

1. Students will gain and in-depth understanding of the main issues in leadership research in general and in context of the UAE/GCC.

2. Students will explore new theories or extend existing ones, in leadership. Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes :

1. Analyze the literature and theories from peer-reviewed journal articles in leadership 2. Evaluate the methodology, findings and limitations of peer-reviewed research in leadership. 3. Formulate new/original hypotheses/propositions in research that incorporated leadership as a variable.

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Page 102: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

102

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Ozgur Demirtas and Mustafa Karaca (2020). A Handbook of Leadership Styles. Cambridge Scholars Publishing, Newcastle upon Tyne ISBN (10): 1-5275-4598-9; ISBN(13): 987-1-5275-4598-4.

References Nohria, N and Khurana, R (2010). Handbook of Leadership Theory and Practice. (Harvard Business Review Press). ISBN 978-1-4221-3879-3. (hardback). The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership: Follow Them and People Will Follow You (10th Anniversary Edition) by John C. Maxwell, Steven R. Covey; Publisher- Thomas Nelson ISBN-13: 978-0785288374

Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the weekly assigned readings are available from UD library resources (online).

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO

Class Work (marks) 60%

Term Paper 40%

Blooms Level

K S AR SD RC

Assessment

One 30% Assessment

Two 30%

1 AN √ √ √ √ 1 2 15 13

2 E √ √ √ √ 1 3 15 15 13

3 C √ √ √ 2 4 15 14

Total 30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E –Evaluate QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article and answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables in Leadership. These are to be discussed in detail. Students will also be introduced to statistical findings, practical implications, critical evaluation

1 & 2

30 Week 4

Page 103: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

103

(including limitations) and future research as a prelude to Assignment 2. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected to extend the conceptual framework in the study by including new variables (with hypotheses) and justifying them. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

2 & 3

30 Week 8

Term Paper Since this is final term of the coursework, the term paper should closely resemble the student’s final Research Proposal, more so compared with previous terms. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain a more complete and relevant set of citations/theories from the discipline of Leadership. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1, 2 & 3

40 Week 9

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are: 1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available

on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 2. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the

recommendation of the Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/Week

Lecture

Relation to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 1 Introduction to Leadership Theory: Refresh the following concepts: Character- Be a piece of the rock Charism- The first impression can seal the seal Commitment – It separates doers from dreamers Communication – Without it you travel alone

MAIN READINGS: 1. Robert J. Allio, (2009) "Leadership – the five big ideas",

Strategy & Leadership, Vol. 37, No. 2, pp.4 – 12 2. Mark J. Ahn, Larry W. Ettner and Amanda Loupin (2011),

“From classical to contemporary leadership challenges: A values-based leadership view”, Journal of Leadership Studies, Vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 6–22.

3. Billy Brocato, Jonatan Jelen, Thomas Schmidt and Stuart Gold (2011), “Leadership conceptual ambiguities: A post-positivistic critique, Journal of Leadership Studies, Vol. 5, No.1, pp. 35–50.

4. Pablo Cardona, (2000) "Transcendental leadership", Leadership & Organization Development Journal, Vol. 21, No. 4, pp.201 – 207

5. Liedtka J.M.(1998), “Can Strategic Thinking Be Taught?” Long Range Planning 31(1) 120-129.

6. John P. Dugan (2011), “Pervasive myths in leadership development: Unpacking constraints on leadership learning”, Journal of Leadership Studies, Vol. 5, No.2, pp. 79–89.

Page 104: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

104

ADDITIONAL READINGS: 1. Day, D. V., Fleenor, J.W., Atwater, L.E., Sturm, R.E. and McKee, R.A. (2014), “Advances in leader and leadership development: A review of 25 years of research and theory”, Leadership Quarterly, Elsevier Inc., Vol. 25 No. 1, pp. 63–82. 2. Mathias, M. (2017a), “Public leadership in the United Arab Emirates: towards a research agenda”, International Journal of Public Sector Management, Vol. 30 No. 2, pp. 154–169. 3. Mathias, M. (2017b), “Leadership development in governments of the United Arab Emirates: Re-framing a wicked problem”, Teaching Public Administration, pp. 1–16. 4. Meuser, J.D., Gardner, W.L., Dinh, J.E., Hu, J., Liden, R.C. and Lord, R.G. (2016), “A Network Analysis of Leadership Theory: The Infancy of Integration”, Journal of Management, Vol. 42 No. 5, pp. 1374 –1403..

2 2 1 Personality, Trait Theory:

Refresh the following

concepts

Competence – If you build

it, they will come

Courage – One person with

courage is a majority

Discernment – Put an end

to unsolved mysteries

Focus – The sharper it is,

the sharper you are

MAIN READINGS:

1. Barbara Curry (2002), “The influence of the leader

persona on organizational identity. Journal of Leadership

Studies.

2. Krasman, Joe (2010), “The feedback-seeking personality:

big five and feedback-seeking behavior.” Journal of

Leadership & Organizational Studies.

3. Deborah Alexander and Kristi Andersen (1993), “Gender

as a Factor in the Attribution of Leadership Traits,” Political

Research Quarterly, Vol. 46, No. 3, pp. 527-545.

4. Lowin and WJ Hrapchak (1969), “Consideration and

initiating structure: An experimental investigation of

leadership traits,” Administrative Science Quarterly,Vol. 14,

No. 2

ADDITIONAL READINGS:

1. Matthews, G. (2017), “Cognitive-Adaptive Trait Theory: A

Shift in Perspective on Personality”, Journal of Personality,

available at:https://doi.org/10.1111/jopy.12319.

2. Van Scheppingen, M.A., Jackson, J.J., Specht, J., Hutteman,

R., Denissen, J.J.A. and Bleidorn, W. (2016), “Personality Trait

Development During the Transition to Parenthood: A Test of

Social Investment Theory”, Social Psychological and Personality

Science, Vol. 7 No. 5, pp. 452–462.

3. Wagner, J., Ram, N., Smith, J. and Gerstorf, D. (2016),

“Personality Trait Development at the End of Life: Antecedents

and Correlates of Mean-Level Trajectories.”, Journal of Personality

and Social Psychology, Vol. 111 No. 3, pp. 411–429.

3 3 2 LMX and Situational

Leadership Theory:

MAIN READINGS:

1. Payal, A. Sushanta, K. M. (2019). Linking core self-evaluation

and emotional exhaustion with workplace loneliness: does

Page 105: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

105

Refresh the following

concepts

Generosity – Your candle

loses nothing when it lights

another

Initiative – You won’t leave

without it

Listening – To connect with

their hearts use your ears

Passion – Take this life and

love it

high LMX make consequence worse? International Journal of

Human Resource Management

2. Nikodemus H. S. W. (2019). Proactive Personality, LMX and

Voice Behavior: Employee-Supervisor Sex (Dis)similarity as a

Moderator. Management Communication Quarterly, 33(1),

86-100

3. Claude L. Graeff (1997), “Evolution of situational

leadership theory: a critical review,” the Leadership

Quarterly, Vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 153-170

4. Carmen F. Fernandez (1997), “Situational leadership

theory revisited: a test of an across-jobs perspectives, The

leadership Quarterly, Vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 67-84.

5. Vecchio, Robert P(1987), “Situational Leadership Theory:

An examination of a prescriptive theory,” Journal of Applied

Psychology, Vol. 72, No. 3, pp. 444-451.

ADDITIONAL READINGS:

1. Bosse, T., Duell, R., Memon, Z.A., Treur, J. and van der Wal,

C.N. (2017), “Computational model-based design of leadership

support based on situational leadership theory”, Simulation, pp.

1–13.

2. Dinh, J.E., Lord, R.G., Gardner, W.L., Meuser, J.D., Liden,

R.C. and Hu, J. (2014), “Leadership theory and research in the new

millennium: Current theoretical trends and changing

perspectives”, Leadership Quarterly, Elsevier B.V., Vol. 25 No. 1,

pp. 36–62.

3. Zigarmi, D. and Roberts, T.P. (2017), “A test of three basic

assumptions of Situational Leadership® II Model and their

implications for HRD practitioners”, European Journal of Training

and Development, Vol. 41 No. 3, pp. 241–260.

4 4 2 Servant Leadership Theory

Refresh the following

concepts

Positive attitude – If you

believe you can, you can

Problem solving – You can’t

get your problems be a

problem\

Relationships – If you get

along, they will go along

Responsibility – If you

won’t carry the ball, you

can’t lead the team

MAIN READINGS:

1. Hu, Jia;Liden and Robert C. (2011), “Antecedents of team

potency and team effectiveness: An examination of goal and

process clarity and servant leadership,” Journal of Applied

Psychology, Vol. 96, No.4, pp. 851-862

2. Sen Sendjaya, Andre Pekerti, (2010) "Servant leadership

as antecedent of trust in organizations", Leadership &

Organization Development Journal, Vol. 31, No. 7, pp.643 –

663

ADDITIONAL READINGS:

1. Flynn, C.B., Smither, J.W. and Walker, A.G. (2016),

“Exploring the Relationship Between Leaders Core Self-

Evaluations and Subordinates Perceptions of Servant Leadership:

A Field Study”, Journal of Leadership & Organizational Studies,

Vol. 23 No. 3, pp. 260–271.

2. Hoch, J.E., Bommer, W.H., Dulebohn, J.H. and Wu, D.

(2016), “Do Ethical, Authentic, and Servant Leadership Explain

Page 106: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

106

ASSIGNMENT 1

PRESENTATION AND

SUBMISSION

(Submission of report and

powerpoint slides)

Variance Above and Beyond Transformational Leadership? A

Meta-Analysis”, Journal of Management, available

at:https://doi.org/10.1177/0149206316665461.

3. Parris, D.L. and Peachey, J.W. (2013), “A Systematic

Literature Review of Servant Leadership Theory in Organizational

Contexts”, Journal of Business Ethics, Vol. 113 No. 3, pp. 377–393.

4. VanMeter, R., Chonko, L.B., Grisaffe, D.B. and Goad, E.A.

(2016), “In search of clarity on servant leadership: domain

specification and reconceptualization”, AMS Review, AMS Review,

Vol. 6 No. 1–2, pp. 59–78.

5 5 3 Transformational and

Team Leadership Theory:

Refresh the following

concepts:

Security – Competence

never compensates for

insecurity

Self-discipline – The first

person you need is you

Servanthood – To get

ahead, put others first

Teachability – To keep

leading, keep learning

Vision – You can seize only

what you see

MAIN READINGS:

1. Litz, David ; Scott, Shelleyann (2016). Transformational

leadership in the educational system of the United Arab

Emirates. Educational management, administration &

leadership, Vol.45 (4), p.566-587

2. Gregory Stone, Robert F. Russell, Kathleen Patterson, (2004)

"Transformational versus servant leadership: a difference in

leader focus", Leadership & Organization Development

Journal, Vol. 25, No. 4, pp.349 – 361

3. Jeanine Parolini, Kathleen Patterson, Bruce Winston,

(2009) "Distinguishing between transformational and servant

leadership", Leadership & Organization Development

Journal, Vol. 30, No. 3, pp.274 – 291

4. James C. Sarros, Joseph C. Santora, (2001) "The

transformational-transactional leadership model in practice",

Leadership & Organization Development Journal, Vol. 22 Iss:

8, pp.383 – 394

ADDITIONAL READINGS:

1. Ceri-Booms, M., Curşeu, P.L. and Oerlemans, L.A. (2017),

“Task and person-focused leadership behaviors and team

performance: A meta-analysis”, Human Resource Management

Review, Vol. 27 No. 1, pp. 178–192.

2. Wang, D., Waldman, D. and Zhang, Z. (2014), “A Meta-

Analysis of Shared Leadership and Team Effectiveness.”, Journal

of Applied Psychology, Vol. 99 No. 2, pp. 181–198.

6 6 4 Women and Leadership: MAIN READINGS:

1. Rana al-Mutawa (2020). I Want to be a Leader, But Men

Are Better Than Women in Leadership Positions: State

Feminism and Legitimizing Myths in the United Arab

Emirates. Al-Mutawa, Rana. Vol.18 (1), p.31-50

2. Alhadhrami, Abdelrahman ; Goby, Valerie Priscilla ; Al-

Ansaari, Yahya (2018). Women’s enactment of leadership in

a heavily gender-marked Islamic context: An exploration

within the United Arab Emirates. International journal of

organizational analysis 2018, Vol.26 (4), p.728-74

Page 107: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

107

3. Debbie Salas-Lopez, Lynn M. Deitrick, Erica T. Mahady, Eric J.

Gertner and Judith N. Sabino (2011), “Women leaders—

challenges, successes, and other insights from the top”,

Journal of Leadership Studies, Vol. 5, No.2, pp. 35–50.

4. Avolio, Bruce J. Mhatre, Ketan Norman, Steven M. Lester,

Paul; (2009), “ The moderating effect of gender on leadership

intervention impact: an exploratory review.” Journal of

Leadership & Organizational Studies.

5. Deborah Alexander and Kristi Andersen (1993), “Gender

as a Factor in the Attribution of Leadership Traits,” Political

Research Quarterly, Vol. 46, No. 3, pp. 527-545.

ADDITIONAL READINGS:

1. Dolan, K. (2014), “Gender stereotypes, candidate

evaluations, and voting for women candidates: What really

matters?”, Political Research Quarterly, Vol. 67 No. 1, pp. 96–107.

2. Jogulu, Uma D. and Wood, G.J. (2008), “A cross-cultural

study into peer evaluations of women’s leadership effectiveness”,

Leadership and Organization Development Journal, Vol. 29 No. 7,

pp. 600–616.

3. Lopez, E.S. and Ensari, N. (2014), “The Effects of Leadership

Style, Organizational Outcome, and Gender on Attributional Bias

Toward Leaders”, Journal of Leadership Studies, Vol. 8 No. 2, pp.

19–37.

4. Paustian-Underdahl, S. C., Walker, L. S., & Woehr, D.J.

(2014), “Gender and perceptions of leadership effectiveness: A

meta-analysis of contextual moderators.”, Journal of Applied

Psychology, available at: http://psycnet.apa.org/psycinfo/2014-

15222-001/.

7

7 4 Culture and Leadership: MAIN READINGS:

1. Uma D. Jogulu, (2010) "Culturally-linked leadership

styles", Leadership & Organization Development Journal, Vol.

31, No. 8, pp.705 – 719

2. Shivers-Blackwell, Shery (2006), “The influence of

perceptions of organizational structure & culture on

leadership role requirements: The moderating impact of

locus of control & self-monitoring,” Journal of Leadership &

Organizational Studies

3. Goldman, Ellen F. Casey, Andrea; (2010) “Building a

culture that encourages thinking,” Journal of Leadership &

Organizational Studies.

4. Frontiera, Joe (2010), “Leadership and organizational

culture transformation in professional sport.” Journal of

Leadership & Organizational Studies.

ADDITIONAL READINGS:

Page 108: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

108

1. Giritli, H., Öney-Yazıcı, E., Topçu-Oraz, G. and Acar, E.

(2013), “The interplay between leadership and organizational

culture in the Turkish construction sector”, International Journal

of Project Management, Vol. 31 No. 2, pp. 228–238.

2. Vijay Pendakur, S.C.F. (2016), “Critical Leadership Pedagogy:

Engaging Power, Identity, and Culture in Leadership Education for

College Students of Color”, New Directions for Higher Education,

New Directions for Higher Education, Vol. 174, pp. 45–55.

8

8 4 Tyrannical and Toxic Leadership

ASSIGNMENT 2 PRESENTATION

MAIN READINGS: 1. Walker, D. O., Reichard, R. J., Riggio, R. E., & Hansbrough, T.

K. (2020). Who Might Support a Tyrant? An Exploration of Links Between Adolescent Family Conflict and Endorsement of Tyrannical Implicit Leadership Theories. Journal of Leadership & Organizational Studies, p.154805182093124.

2. Skogstad, Aasland, Merethe, Nielsen, Hetland, Matthieesen, Einarsen (2014). The Relative Effects of Constructive, Laissez-Faire, and Tyrannical Leadership on Subordinate Job Satisfaction: Results from Two Prospective and Representative Studies. Zeitschrift fur Psychologie, 222(4), 221-232.

3. Labrague, L. J., Nwafor, C. E., & Tsaras, K. (2020). Influence of toxic and transformational leadership practices in nurses’ job satisfaction, job stress, absenteeism and turnover intention: A cross-sectional study. Journal of Nursing Management, 28(5), 1104-1113.

4. Milosevic, I., Maric, S., & Loncar, D. (2020). Defeating the Toxic Boss: The Nature of Toxic Leadership and the Role of Followers. Journal of Leadership and Organization Studies, 27(2), 117-137.

ADDITIONAL READINGS:

1. Labrague, L. J., Lorica, J., Nwafor, C., & Cummings, G. G.

(2020). Predictors of Toxic Leadership behavior among Nurse Managers: A Cross-Sectional Study. Journal of Nursing Management doi:10.1111/JONM.13130.

2. Bhandarker, A. & Rai, S. (2019). Toxic Leadership: emotional distress and coping. International Journal of Organization Theory & Behavior, 22(1), 65-78.

3. Paltu, A. & Brouwers, M. (2020). Toxic Leadership: Effects on job satisfaction, commitment, turnover intention and organizational culture within the South African manufacturing industry. SA Journal of Human Resource Management/SA 180(0), p.e1-e11.

4. Pelletier, K., Kottke, J. L., & Sirotnik, B. W. (2019). The toxic triangle in academia: A case analysis of the emergence and manifestation of toxicity in a public university. Leadership, 15(4), 405-432.

9 9 1,2,3 &4

TERM PAPER PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION

(Present the Term paper and Assig 2 simultaneously but submit separate reports. Also submit in powerpoint and word format). Detailed feedback will be given.

10 10 1,2,&3

Practice on Comprehensive Exam

Articles will be given in class for practice

Page 109: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

109

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is

essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers

are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s

learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are

stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity Policy (UD Policy 5.18)

The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and behavior. The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order, discipline and stability on campus. The following sections describe Student Academic Misconduct, Plagiarism, Violations, and Sanctions. Students who are registered in this must strictly adhere to this Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated here and in accordance to UD Policies and Regulations.

A. Student Academic Misconduct Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

Page 110: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

110

Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty. Types of Plagiarism

▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.

▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by

both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research

material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student

work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the students work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Page 111: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

111

MARKETING SPECIALIZATION

MKT 735 - Marketing Strategy

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Marketing strategy Course Code MKT 735

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite MRK 710 Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description This seminar helps students understand the role of marketing within the organization, its business strategy, and its

success. It exposes students to the literature in marketing strategy and helps them critically evaluate fundamental

ideas, research design, results, and possible advancements.

Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this workshop:

1. Students should be able to discuss main issues in marketing strategy and marketing strategy research in the UAE/GCC context.

2. Students should be able to critically evaluate both fundamental ideas and more recent developments in marketing strategy.

Course Learning Outcomes

At the end of this course, students will be able to:

1. Analyze the role of marketing dynamics within the organization in UAE and GCC context 2. Evaluate sustainable competitive advantage of the firms in UAE and GCC context 3. Identify Channel Marketing relations with the external environment in UAE/GCC context 4. Evaluate literature related to marketing strategy.

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Page 112: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

112

CLO Mapping & Assessment Scheme

Course Learning Outcomes

(CLO)

QFE Alignment √

Linked to

Blooms

Taxono

my level Link

ed

to

CO

Linke

d to

PO

Ind.

Assign

ment

1

(30%)

Ind.

Assig

nmen

t 2

(30%)

Term

Paper

(marks)

(30% +

viva 10%)

K S A&

R SD RC

1

Analyze the role of marketing dynamics within the organization in UAE and GCC context

√ √ APP 1 1 10 5 5

2 Evaluate sustainable competitive advantage of the firms in UAE and GCC context

√ √ AN 1 1 10 5 5

3

Identify Channel Marketing relations with the external environment in UAE/GCC context

√ √ √ √ √ S 2 1 10 10 10

4 Evaluate literature related to marketing strategy.

√ √ √ √ E 2 1 10 10 (+10)

Total 30 30 30 (+10)

INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E -Evaluate

QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD-Self-Development; RC-Role in

Context

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Critique of assigned readings. The write-up should briefly

state what’s been found, what’s not been examined (gap), and

Literature review.

1,2 ,3

30 Week 3

Assignment 2 Critique of methodology in articles. The write up should

discuss the results of analyses and practical implications

1,2,3,4 30 Week 6

Term paper Students will select a topic related to the course learning

outcomes, and write a proposal that goes beyond reviewing

the literature (include hypotheses, design and proposed tests)

using available data.

1,2,3,4

40 Week 9

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Lectures and case studies analysis 2. Handout reading material 3. Critical evolution of journal articles and presentations

Page 113: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

113

4. Literary review

Grade Distribution:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Module Topic CLO

1 Module.1 - The Role of Marketing within Business Strategy

R1. Anderson, Paul F. (1982), “Marketing, Strategic Planning and the Theory of the Firm,”

Journal of Marketing, 46 (2), 15-26.

R2. Quelch, John A. and Katherine Jocz (2008), “Milestones in Marketing,” Business History

Review, 82 (Winter), 827-838.

R3. Day, George S. and David B. Montgomery (1999), “Charting New Directions for

Marketing,” Journal of Marketing, 63 (4), 3-13

R4. Mintzberg, Henry (1987), “The Strategy Concept I: Five Ps for Strategy,” California

Management Review, 30 (1), 11-24.

1

2 Module 2 The Role of Marketing within the Organization

R1. Kirca, Ahmet H., Satish Jayachandran, and William O. Bearden (2005), “Market

Orientation: A Meta-Analytic Review and Assessment of Its Antecedents and Impact on

Performance,” Journal of Marketing, 69 (2), 24-41.

R2. Gobhardt, Gary F., Gregory Carpenter R., John F. Sherry Jr. (2006), “Creating a Market

Orientation: A Longitudinal, Multifirm, Grounded Analysis of Cultural Transformation,”

Journal of Marketing, 70 (October), 37-55.

R3. Workman, John P., Jr. (1993), “Marketing's Limited Role in New Product Development in

One Computer Systems Firm,” Journal of Marketing Research, 30 (4), 405-421.

R4. Webster, Frederick E., Jr., Alan J. Malter and Shankar Ganesan (2005), “The Decline and

Dispersion of Marketing Competence,” MIT Sloan Management Review, 46 (4), 35-43.

2

Page 114: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

114

Module Topic CLO

3 Module 3: Market Definition, Market Segmentation, and Product Differentiation

R1. Day, George S., Allan D. Shocker, and Rajendra K. Srivastava (1979), “Customer-Oriented

Approaches to Identifying Product Markets,” Journal of Marketing, 43 (4), 8-19.

R2.Rosa, Jose Antonio, Joseph F. Porac, Jelena Russer-Spanjol and Michael S. Saxon

(1999),“Sociocognitive Dynamics in a Product Market,” Journal of Marketing 63 (Special

Issue), 64-77.

R3. Wind, Yoram (1980), “Issues and Advances in Segmentation Research,” Journal of

Marketing Research, 15 (3), 317-337.

R4. Mitra, Anusree and John G. Lynch, Jr. (1995), “Toward a Reconciliation of Market Power

and Information Theories of Advertising Effects on Price Elasticity,” Journal of Consumer

Research, 21 (4), 644-659.

ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE

2

4 1. Module 4: Product and Industry Life Cycle Dynamics

R1. DeBruicker, F. Stewart and Gregory L. Summe (1985), “Make Sure Your Customers Keep

Coming Back,” Harvard Business Review, 63 (1), 92-98.

R2. Lambkin, Mary and George S. Day (1989), “Evolutionary Processes in Competitive

Markets: Beyond the Product Life Cycle,” Journal of Marketing, 53 (3), 4-20.

R3. Agarwal, Rajshree and Barry L. Bayus (2002), “The Market Evolution and Sales Takeoff of

Product Innovations,” Management Science, 48 (8), 1024-1041.

R4. Sood, Ashish and Gerard J. Tellis (2005), “Technological Evolution and Radical

Innovation,” Journal of Marketing, 69 (3), 152-168.

2

5 Module 5: Institutionalization and Network Effects

R1. DiMaggio, Paul J. and Walter W. Powell (1983), “The Iron Cage Revisited: Institutional

Isomorphism and Collective Rationality in Organizational Fields,” American Sociological

Review, 48 (2), 147-160.

R2. Zuckerman, Ezra W. (1999), “The Categorical Imperative: Securities Analysts and the

Illegitimacy Discount,” American Journal of Sociology, 104 (5), 1398-1438.

R3. Debruyne, Marion and David J. Reibstein (2005), “Competitor See, Competitor Do:

Incumbent Entry in New Market Niches,” Marketing Science, 24 (1), 55-66.

R4. Arthur, W. Brian (1996), “Increasing Returns and the New World of Business,” Harvard

Business Review, 74 (4), 100-109.

3

6 Module 6. Sustainable Competitive Advantage – Resource-based View

3

Page 115: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

115

Module Topic CLO

R1. March, James G. (1991), “Exploration and Exploitation in Organizational Learning,” Organization Science, 2 (1), 71-87.

R2. Sinkula, James M. (1994), “Market Information Processing and Organizational Learning,” Journal of Marketing, 58 (1), 35-45.

R3. Day, George S. (1994), “The Capabilities of Market-driven Organizations,” Journal of Marketing, 58 (4), 37-52.

R4. Vorhies, Douglas W. and Neil A. Morgan (2005), “Benchmarking Marketing Capabilities for Sustainable Competitive Advantage,” Journal of Marketing, 69 (1), 80-94. ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE

7 Module 7: Sustainable Competitive Advantage – Pioneering Advantage

R1. Carpenter, Gregaory S. and Kent Nakamoto (1989), “Consumer Preference Formation and

Pioneering Advantage,” Journal of Marketing Research, 26 (3), 285-298.

R2. Kardes, Frank R., Gurumurthy Kalyanaram, Murali Chandrashekaran, and Ronald J.

Dornoff (1993), “Brand Retrieval, Consideration Set Composition, Consumer Choice, and the

Pioneering Advantage,” Journal of Consumer Research, 20 (1), 62-75.

R3. Golder, Peter N. and Gerard J. Tellis (1993), “Pioneer Advantage: Marketing Logic or

Marketing Legend?” Journal of Marketing Research, 30 (2), 158-170.

R4. Boulding, William and Markus Christen (2003), “Sustainable Pioneering Advantage? Profit

Implications of Market Entry Order,” Marketing Science, 22 (3), 371-392

3

8 Module 8: Customer Relationship Management and Outcomes

R1. Reinartz, Werner J. And V. Kumar (2000), “On the Profitability of Long-Life Customers in a

Non-contractual Setting: An Empirical Investigation and Implications for Marketing,” Journal

of Marketing, 64 (4), 17-35.

R2. Gupta, Sunil, Donald R. Lehmann, and Jennifer Ames Stuart (2004), “Valuing

Customers,”Journal of Marketing Research, 41 (1), 7-18.

R3. Kumar, V., Rajkumar Venkatesan, Tim Bohling, and Denise Beckmann (2008), “The Power

of CLV: Managing Customer Lifetime Value at IBM,” Marketing Science, 27 (4), 585-599.

R4. Keiningham, Timothy L., Bruce Cooil, Tor Wallin Andreassen, and Lerzan Aksoy (2007), “A

Longitudinal Examination of Net Promoter and Firm Revenue Growth,” Journal of Marketing,

71 (3), 39-51.

4

9 Presentation of TERM PAPER 4

Page 116: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

116

Educational Resources

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process

of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of

their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and

grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this

section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity Policy

The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by

intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD

also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and

behavior.

The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct

expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to

established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order,

discipline and stability on campus.

Educational Resource Description

Text Book required TBA

References TBA

Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the above plan ( R ) are available from UD library

resources (online)

Page 117: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

117

VI. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism,

misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as

a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

A. Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The

University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that

contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student

should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or

self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a

penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.

▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by

both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research

material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student

work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found

to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do

so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-

campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Page 118: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

118

MKT 740 - Consumer Behavior

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Consumer Behavior Course Code MKT 740

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite MRK 710 Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description: This seminar exposes students to research issues in consumer behavior. It develops students’ skills of

identifying the research question, how it was studied, what we have learned to date, what are the gaps in

existing knowledge, and possible new avenues for future research.

Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this workshop:

1. students should be able to discuss main research issues in consumer behavior research in UAE/GCC context. 2. students should be able to critically evaluate both fundamental ideas and more recent developments in

consumer behavior.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs)

At the end of the course, students shall be able to:

1. Analyze the research ideas in consumer behavior within the organization in UAE and GCC context 2. Review assigned research papers to summarize ideas, methodology, theoretical framework and

methodology. 3. Evaluate and critique research articles dealing with consumer behavior.

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

CLO Mapping & Assessment Scheme

Page 119: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

119

Course Learning Outcomes

(CLO)

QFE Alignment √

Linked to

Blooms

Taxono

my level Link

ed

to

CO

Linke

d to

PO

Ind.

Assign

ment

1

(30%)

Ind.

Assig

nmen

t 2

(30%)

Term

Paper

(marks)

(30% +

viva 10%)

K S A&

R SD RC

1

Analyze the research ideas in consumer behavior within the organization in UAE and GCC context

√ √ AN 1 1 30 10 5

2

Review assigned research papers to summarize ideas, methodology, theoretical framework and methodology.

√ √ √ √ √ S 2 1 10 10

3 Evaluate and critique research articles dealing with consumer behavior.

√ √ √ √ E 2 1 10 10 (+10)

Total 30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E -Evaluate

QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD-Self-Development; RC-Role in

Context

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Critique of assigned readings. The write-up should briefly

state what’s been found, what’s not been examined (gap), and

Literature review.

1

30 Week 3

Assignment 2 Critique of methodology in articles. The write up should

discuss the results of analyses.

1,2,&

3 30 Week 6

Term paper Students will select a topic related to the course learning

outcomes, and write a proposal that goes beyond reviewing

the literature (include hypotheses, design and proposed tests)

using available data.

1, 2 &

3 40 Week 9

Teaching Methods:

Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Lectures and case studies analysis 2. Handout and reading material will be provided 3. Critical evolution of journal articles and presentations 4. Literary review 5. Research framework development

Page 120: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

120

Grade Distribution:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Module Topic CLO

1 Module 1 - Theory of consumer behavior

John A. Howard and Jagdish N. Sheth, The Theory of Buyer Behavior, Chapter 2

James R. Bettman, An Information Processing Theory of Consumer Choice, Chapter 2

R1. Russell Belk, Melanie Wallendorf, and John Sherry, “The Sacred and the Profane in

Consumer Behavior: Theodicy on the Odyssey,” JCR, 16 (June 1989), 1-38.

R2. Grant McCracken, “Who Is the Celebrity Endorser? Cultural Foundations of the

Endorsement Process,” JCR, 16 (December 1989), 310-321.

R3. Mark Ritson and Richard Elliott, “The Social Uses of Advertising: An Ethnographic Study

ofAdolescent Advertising Audiences,” JCR, 26 (December 1999), 260-277.

R4. Nina Mazar, On Amir, and Dan Ariely, “The Dishonesty of Honest People: A Theory of Self-Concept Maintenance,” JMR, 45 (December 2008), 633-644.

1

2 Module 2 - Motivation and Personality

R1. Russell Belk, “Possessions and the Extended Self,” JCR, 15 (September 1988), 139-168.

R2. Susan Fournier, “Consumers and Their Brands: Developing Relationship Theory in

Consumer Research,” JCR, 24 (March 1998), 343-373

2

Page 121: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

121

Module Topic CLO

R3. Ayelet Fishbach and Ravi Dhar “Goals as Excuses or Guides: The Liberating Effect of

Perceived Goal Progress on Choice,” JCR, 32 (December 2005), 370-377.

R4. Tanya L. Chartrand, Joel Huber, Baba Shiv, and Robin J. Tanner, “Nonconscious Goals and

Consumer Choice” JCR, 35 (August 2008), 189-201

3 Module 3 - Attention and Perception

R1. Scott McKenzie, “The Role of Attention in Mediating the Effect of Advertising on Attribute

Importance,” JCR, 13 (September 1986), 174-195.

R2. Ran Kivetz and Itamar Simonson, “Earning the Right to Indulge: Effort as a Determinant of

Consumer Preferences Toward Frequency Program Rewards,” JMR, 39 (May 2002), 155-170.

R3. Gavan J. Fitzsimons, Joseph C. Nunes and Patti Williams, “License to Sin: The Liberating

Role of Reporting Expectations,” JCR, 34 (June 2007), 22-31.

R4. David Luna, Torsten Ringberg, and Laura A. Peracchio, “One Individual, Two Identities:

Frame Switching among Biculturals,” JCR, 35 (August 2008), 279-293

ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE

2

4 Module 4 - Applications of Attention and Perception; Search

R1. Joseph W. Alba and J. Wesley Hutchinson, “Dimensions of Consumer Expertise,” JCR, 13

(March 1987), 411-454.

R2. William Boulding, Ajay Kalra, Richard Staelin, and Valarie Zeithaml, “A Dynamic Process

Model of Service Quality: From Expectations to Behavioral Intentions,” JMR, 30 (February

1993), 7-27.

R3. Baba Shiv, Ziv Carmon, and Dan Ariely, “Placeb Effects of Marketing Actions: Consumers

May Get What They Pay For,” JMR, 42 (November 2005), 383-393.

R4. Gal Zauberman, B. Kyu Kim, Selin A. Malkoc, and James R. Bettman, “Discounting Time

and Time Discounting: Subjective Time Perception and Intertemporal Preferences,” JMR, 46

(August 2009).

2

Page 122: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

122

Module Topic CLO

5 Module 5 - Memory

R1. James R. Bettman, “Memory Factors in Consume Choice: A Review,” JM, 43 (1979),

37-53.

R2. John Lynch and Thomas Srull, “Memory and Attentional Factors in Consumer Choice:

Concepts and Research Methods,” JCR, 9 (June 1982), 18-37.

R3. Kathryn A. Braun, “Post-experience Advertising Effects on Consumer Memory,” JCR, 25

(December 1999), 319-334.

R4. Gal Zauberman, Rebecca K. Ratner, and B. Kyu Kim, “Memories as Assets: Strategic

Memory Protection in Choice over Time,” JCR, 35 (February 2009), 715-728.

3

6 Module 6: Decision Processes

R1. Donnel A. Briley, Michael W. Morris, and Itamar Simonson, “Reasons as Carriers of

Culture: Dynamic versus Dispositional Models of Cultural Influence on Decision Making,” JCR,

27 (September 2000), 157-178.

R2. Rosellina Ferraro, James R. Bettman, and Tanya Chartrand, “The Power of Strangers: The

Effect of Incidental Consumer Brand Encounters on Brand Choice,” JCR, 35 (February 2009),

729-741.

R3. Kathryn M. Sharpe, Richard Staelin, and Joel Huber, “Using Extremeness Aversion to Fight

Obesity: Policy Implications of Context Dependent Choice,” JCR, 35 (October 2008), 406-422.

R4. Simona Botti, Kristina Orfali, and Sheena S. Iyengar, “Tragic Choices: Autonomy and

Emotional Responses to Medical Decisions,” JCR, 36 (October 2009).

ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE

3

7 Module 7: Persuasion & Attitude Change R1. Andrew Karpinski and James L. Hilton, “Attitudes and the Implicit Association Test,” JPSP, 81 (November 2001), 774-788

R2. Joseph R. Priester, Dhananjay Nayakankuppam, Monique A. Fleming, and John Godek, “The A2SC2 Model: The Influence of Attitudes and Attitude Strength on Consideration and Choice,” JCR, 30 (March 2004).574-587

3

Page 123: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

123

Module Topic CLO

R3. Noah J. Goldstein, Robert J. Cialdini, and Vladas Griskevicius, “A Room with a Viewpoint: Using Social Norms to Motivate Environmental Conservation in Hotels,” JCR, 35 (October 2008), 472-482.

R4. Eduardo B. Andrade “Behavioral Consequences of Affect: Combining Evaluative and Regulatory Mechanisms” JCR 32 (3) December 2005, 355-362.

8 Module 8: Learning, Group and Interpersonal influence R1. Stijn M. J. Van Osselaer and Joseph W. Alba, “Consumer Learning and Brand Equity,” JCR, 27 (June 2000), 1-16.

R2. Marcus Cunha Jr. and Juliano Laran, “Asymmetries in the Sequential Learning of Brand Associations: Implications for the Early Entrant Advantage,” JCR, 35 (February 2009), 788-799.

R3. Escalas, Jennifer Edson and James R. Betman, “Self-Construal, Reference Groups, and Brand Meaning,” JCR, 32 (December 2005), 378-389.

R4. Jonah Berger and Chip Heath, “Where Consumers Diverge from Others: Identity Signaling and Product Domains,” JCR, 34 (August 2007), 121-134.

3

9 Presentation of TERM PAPER 3

Educational Resources

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process

of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of

their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and

grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this

section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

Educational Resource Description

Text Book required TBA if needed

References TBA if needed

Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the above plan ( R ) are available from UD library

resources (online)

Page 124: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

124

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity Policy

The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by

intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD

also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and

behavior.

The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct

expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to

established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order,

discipline and stability on campus.

VII. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism,

misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as

a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

A. Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The

University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that

contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student

should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or

self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a

penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

Page 125: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

125

▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.

▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by

both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research

material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student

work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found

to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do

so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-

campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Page 126: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

126

MKT 745 - Current Issues in Marketing

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name CURRENT ISSUES IN MARKETING Course Code MKT 745

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite MRK 710 Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description: This seminar reviews and evaluates special issues in marketing such as product positioning, product line design,

pricing strategy, advertising decisions, distribution channel design, and promotion decisions.

Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this workshop,

1. The students will be able to discuss main research issues in marketing in UAE/GCC context. 2. The students will be able to critically evaluate recent developments in marketing research.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs)

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

1. Analyze the research ideas in marketing within the organization in UAE and GCC context 2. Review assigned research papers to summarize ideas, methodology, theoretical framework and

methodology. 3. Evaluate and critique research articles dealing with emerging marketing issues.

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

CLO Mapping & Assessment Scheme

Course Learning Outcomes

(CLO) QFE Alignment √

Linked to

Blooms Link

ed

Linke

d to

PO

Ind.

Assign

Ind.

Assig

nmen

Term

Paper

(marks)

Page 127: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

127

Taxono

my level

to

CO

ment

1

(30%)

t 2

(30%)

(30% +

viva 10%)

K S A&

R SD RC

1

Analyze the research ideas in marketing within the organization in UAE and GCC context

√ √ AN 1 3 30 5 5

2

Review assigned research papers to summarize ideas, methodology, theoretical framework and methodology.

√ √ √ √ √ S 2 3 15 15

3 Evaluate and critique research articles dealing with emerging marketing issues.

√ √ √ √ E 2 3 10 10 (+10)

Total 30 30 30 (+10)

INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E -Evaluate

QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD-Self-Development; RC-Role in

Context

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Critique of assigned readings. The write-up should briefly

state what’s been found, what’s not been examined (gap), and

Literature review.

1

30 Week 3

Assignment 2 Critique of methodology in articles. The write up should

discuss the results of analyses.

1,2,3 30 Week 6

Term paper Students will select a topic related to the course learning

outcomes, and write a proposal that goes beyond reviewing

the literature (include hypotheses, design and proposed tests)

using available data.

1,2,3

40 Week 9

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Lectures and case studies analysis 2. Handout reading material 3. Critical evolution of journal articles and presentations 4. Literary review and conceptual framework development 5. Class presentations

Page 128: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

128

Grade Distribution:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Module Topic CLO

1 Module.1: Marketing New Products

R.1 The direction of change in multi-item measures of service quality Svensson, Goran.

Managing Service Quality 11.4 (2001): 262-271.

R.2 A FRAMEWORK FOR UNDERSTANDING NEW PRODUCT ALLIANCE SUCCESS Carlson, Brad

D; Frankwick, Gary L; Cumiskey, Kevin J. Journal of Marketing Theory and Practice 19.1

(Winter 2011): 7-25.

R3. Marketing in hypermedia computer-mediated environments: Conceptual foundations

Hoffman, Donna L; Novak, Thomas P. Journal of Marketing 60.3 (Jul 1996): 50.

R4. HOW RESEARCH ON MARKETING IN CENTRAL AND EASTERN EUROPE CAN ADVANCE

INTERNATIONAL MARKETING THEORY/KAKO ISTRAZIVANJA O MARKETINGU U SREDNJOJ I

ISTOCNOJ EUROPI MOGU UNAPRIJEDITI TEORIJU MEDUNARODNOG MARKETINGA Schuh,

Arnold. Trziste = Market 22.2 (2010): 255-268

1

2 Module 2: Ethics and Marketing

R1. The "E-Literature": A Framework for Understanding the Accumulated Knowledge about

Internet Marketing Kimiloglu, HandExploring paradox in marketing: managing ambiguity

towards synthesis O'Driscoll, Aidan. The Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing 23.2

(2008): 95-104.e. Academy of Marketing Science Review 2004 (2004): 1

2

Page 129: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

129

Module Topic CLO

R2. Marketing and supply chain management: a collaborative research agenda Parente,

Diane H; Lee, Peggy D; Ishman, Michael D; Roth, Aleda V. The Journal of Business & Industrial

Marketing 23.8 (2008): 520-528.

R3. Ethics and international marketing: Research background and challenges Carrigan,

Marylyn; Marinova, Svetla; Szmigin, Isabelle. International Marketing Review 22.5 (2005):

481-493.

R4. Marketing research, market orientation and customer relationship management: a

framework and implications for service providers Javalgi, Rajshekhar G; Martin, Charles L;

Young, Robert B. The Journal of Services Marketing 20.1 (2006): 12-23.

3 Module 3: Marketing Innovations

R1. Research on Innovation: A Review and Agenda for Marketing Science Hauser, John; Tellis,

Gerard J; Griffin, Abbie. Marketing Science 25.6 (Nov/Dec 2006): 687-717.

R2. High-Tech Marketing Competence: A Comparative Study of Research Findings Xiong, Wei;

Shang, Xiaoyan. International Management Review 3.3 (2007): 66-75,107.

R3. Social constructionism and research in marketing and advertising Hackley, Christopher E.

Qualitative Market Research 1.3 (1998): 125-131.

R4. Marketing analytics: the evolution of marketing research in the twenty-first century

Hauser, William J. Journal of Research in Interactive Marketing 1.1 (2007): 38-54.

ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE

2

4 Module 4: Consumer Marketing Issues

R1. Dynamic Structural Consumer Models and Current Marketing Issues Sun, Baohong.

Marketing Science 25.6 (Nov/Dec 2006): 625-628.

R2. Segmenting The Web 2.0 Market: Behavioural And Usage Patterns Of Social Web

Consumers1 Lorenzo-Romero, Carlota; Constantinides, Efthymios; Alarcón-del-Amo, María-

del-Carmen. Journal of Business Case Studies, suppl. Spanish Edition 6.7 (2010): 55-66.

R3. Entrepreneurial marketing - a historical perspective on development and practice

Collinson, Elaine; Shaw, Eleanor. Management Decision 39.9 (2001): 761-766.

R4. Using open source data in developing competitive and marketing intelligence Fleisher,

Craig S. European Journal of Marketing 42.7/8 (2008): 852-866.

2

5 Module 5: Social Marketing 3

Page 130: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

130

Module Topic CLO

R1. Measuring Religiosity in Consumer Research from Islamic Perspective Khraim, Hamza.

International Journal of Marketing Studies 2.2 (Nov 2010): 166-179.

R2. Researching the role of information and communications technology (ICT) in

contemporary marketing practices Brady, Mairead; Fellenz, Martin R; Brookes, Richard. The

Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing 23.2 (2008): 108-114.

R3. Methodological issues in consumer research: towards a feminist perspective Woodruffe,

Helen R. Marketing Intelligence & Planning 14.2 (1996): 13-18.

R4. Network governance in marketing channels Nathalie Guibert, Avignon University, France.

British Food Journal 108.4 (2006): 256-272.

6 Module 6: Perception Issues in Marketing

R1. The role of involvement and identification on event quality perceptions and satisfaction

Ko, Yong Jae; Yu Kyoum Kim; Kim, Min Kil; Lee, Jeoung Hak. Asia Pacific Journal of Marketing

and Logistics 22.1 (2010): 25-39.

R2. Culture's Role in Marketers' Ethical Decision Making: An Integrated Theoretical

Framework Srnka, Katharina J. Academy of Marketing Science Review 2004 (2004): 1.

R3. Modeling strategic management for cause-related marketing Shu-Pei Tsai. Marketing

Intelligence & Planning 27.5 (2009): 649-665.

R4. The psychology of deception in marketing: A conceptual framework for research and

practice Aditya, Ram N. Psychology & Marketing 18.7 (Jul 2001): 735-761.

ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE

3

7 Module 7: Marketing Communications R1. Webnography: A New Tool to Conduct Marketing Research Tyagi, Pradeep K, PhD. Journal

of American Academy of Business, Cambridge 15.2 (Mar 2010): 262-267.

R2. Consumer animosity: a literature review and a reconsideration of its measurement

Riefler, Petra; Diamantopoulos, Adamantios. International Marketing Review 24.1 (2007):

87-119.

R3. Computer-based support for marketing strategy development Li, Shuliang; Russell

Kinman and Yanqing Duan; Edwards, John S. European Journal of Marketing 34.5/6 (2000):

551-575.

R4. Leveraging customer knowledge - profiling and personalisation in e-business Rowley, Jennifer; Slack, Frances. International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management 29.8/9 (2001): 409-415.

3

Page 131: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

131

Module Topic CLO

8 Module 8: Channel Marketing

R1. A picture paints a thousand numbers: A critical look at b2b product development

research Biemans, Wim G. The Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing 18.6/7 (2003):

514-528.

R2. Using online databases for developing prioritized sales leads Wilson, R Dale. The Journal

of Business & Industrial Marketing 18.4/5 (2003): 388.

R3. Triggering Mechanisms in Make-or-Buy Decisions: An Empirical Analysis Moschuris,

Socrates J. Journal of Supply Chain Management 43.1 (Winter 2007): 40-49.

R4. RFID: an enabler of supply chain operations Attaran, Mohsen. Supply Chain Management

12.4 (2007): 249-257

3

9 Presentation of TERM PAPER 3

Educational Resources

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process

of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of

their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and

grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this

section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

Educational Resource Description

Text Book required TBA if needed

References TBA if needed

Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the above plan ( R ) are available from UD library

resources (online)

Page 132: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

132

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity Policy

The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by

intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD

also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and

behavior.

The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct

expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to

established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order,

discipline and stability on campus.

VIII. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism,

misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as

a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

A. Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The

University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that

contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student

should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or

self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a

penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.

▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

Page 133: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

133

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by

both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research

material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student

work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found

to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do

so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-

campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Page 134: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

134

MKT 750 - Services Marketing

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Services Marketing Course Code MKT 750

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite MRK 710 Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description:

This seminar is designed to provide doctoral level coverage of both current and emerging research work carried out

in services marketing. It exposes students to contemporary marketing and management issues faced by

organizations competing in the service sector. By examining various points of views, students will be able to develop

a better understanding of the knowledge gaps which currently exist in this important field of study. The course

focuses on four themes: Customer behavior in a service context; Customer equity / Lifecycle management; Customer

satisfaction and service quality; and striving for service leadership.

Course Objectives (CO):

1. Students will be able to discuss current research issues in services marketing pertinent to the UAE / GCC market.

2. students will be able to critically evaluate both substantive issues and more recent developments in the services marketing field.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs)

Upon completion of this course students will be able to:

1. Review and analyze the major concepts and tools relevant to selected topics in contemporary services marketing literature.

2. Critically evaluate research papers in service marketing. 3. Integrate reviewed literature in a research proposal that pertains to a specific services marketing topic in

UAE/GCC context

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

Page 135: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

135

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

CLO Mapping & Assessment Scheme

Course Learning Outcomes

(CLO)

QFE Alignment √

Linked to

Blooms

Taxono

my level Link

ed

to

CO

Linke

d to

PO

Assign

ment

1

(30%)

Assig

nmen

t 2

(30%)

Term

Paper

(marks)

(30% +

viva 10%)

K S A&

R SD RC

1

Review and analyze the major

concepts and tools relevant to

selected topics in

contemporary services

marketing literature.

√ √ AN 1 3 30 10 5

2 Critically evaluate research

papers in service marketing. √ √ √ √ √ S 2 3 10 15

3

Integrate reviewed literature

in a research proposal that

pertains to a specific services

marketing topic in UAE/GCC

context

√ √ √ √ E 2 3 10 10 (+10)

Total 30 30 30 (+10)

INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E -Evaluate

QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD-Self-Development; RC-Role in

Context

Course Organization / Assignments

Each class session will typically consist of a number of background and primary readings drawing from contemporary

services marketing literature. Each student is responsible for reading assigned articles. At the begging of each class,

the course instructor will briefly outline the background of the topic to set the stage for discussion of the assigned

articles. For each article, one student will be called upon to assume the role of an advocate, while another student

will play the role of a critic. The specific tasks of each role are as follows: -

Your role as advocate: - Take about 10 – 15 minutes to summarize the contribution embedded in the discussed

article / study. You will point out the positive aspects of what could be learned from the research paper. You are to

articulate your perspective on the motivation of the paper (i.e. Why the topic is important) and the insights that

were provided by the study.

Your role as critic: - Take about 10 – 15 minutes to critically evaluate the article under discussion. Consider the study

rational, its justification & objectives, its design, data analysis and recommendations. If you observe any flaws,

consider the weight of these flaws relative to the benefits of the research contribution and suggest possible ways

Page 136: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

136

that the researcher might have taken to avoid any identifiable problems. Point out any questions that were left

unanswered by the study and suggest how future research might approach such questions.

Collective class role: - The class as a whole will be responsible for the general discussion. For this reason, it is essential

that all of you read all of the assigned articles. If you remain silent on article for which you are not either an advocate

or a critic, your class participation will suffer.

Course Assessment Scheme:

Assignment 1: Weekly paper review and critique (30%): This course component relates to the weekly assigned

readings as explained above. Every student is expected to read the assigned articles and come prepared for class

discussion. Class participation will be monitored each class and appropriate marks are assigned for participation in

each class. Due in week 4

Assignment 2: Research proposal Project (30%): By the end of this course, you should be able to “create a research

proposal from the literature review as it pertains to a specific services marketing / management issue in UAE / GCC

context”. In order to satisfy this learning outcome, you are expected to do the following:

• Summarize and categorize the major literature finding as pertaining to your selected study subject.

• Discuss and critically appraise the synergism that can be obtained from considering the aggregate contribution / perspectives of several articles which deal with the selected topic of your proposed study. That is, can we learn more from the body of existing research as a whole than we could learn from a summary of the findings of each article alone?

• Provide your assessment of possible productive avenues for future research in the area.

Note: I have provided as an Appendix A, a workable outline that you might find it useful for summarizing each of

the assigned articles as you prepare for class discussion. Due in week 6

Term Paper (40%): Students enrolled in this course are also expected to develop and submit a term paper addressing

an important / relevant issue in services marketing & management. It should deal with a research question(s) that

is grounded in the relevant literature, motivation for study the question(s), and your proposed research plan for

investigating it. The proposed research plan could take the form of an analytical model with a well specific structure

or an empirical study involving an experiment, quasi-experiment a descriptive study survey, analysis of existing

database, or Meta-analysis. It will be due on the last session of the seminar. Due in week 9.

Grade Distribution:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

Page 137: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

137

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Weekly schedule

Assigned Journal Articles

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Lecture

Relation to

CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment /

Reading

1 1, 2 Alternative models of service consumption; service attributes and levels Critically revive the article

Reading 1

2 1, 2 Developing an effective segmentation & positioning strategies for services; complaint handling frameworks & service recovery Critically revive the article

Reading 2

Presentations

3 1 The search for customer loyalty; Understanding customer-

firm relationship; The wheel of loyalty; Building a

foundation for customer loyalty.

Reading 3

Presentations

4 1 Strategies for developing loyalty bonds with customers; strategies for reducing customer defection; customer relationship management programs revisited

Reading 4

Presentations

5 2, 3 Customer Satisfaction & service quality; Alternative methodology / models for measuring service quality

Implication in the UAE market

Reading 5

Presentations

6 2 Defining and measuring service productivity

Research Proposal Project due

Reading 6

Presentations

7 1 The service – profit chain; Integrating marketing,

operation, and human resources

Reading 7

Presentations

8 1 Creating a leading service organization, in search for

service leadership

Reading 7

Presentations

9 1, 2 & 3 Term Paper DUE

Revision

10 1, 2 & 3 Final exam

Page 138: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

138

The nine weeks are classified into four modules as discussed below:

Module One: Customer Behavior in a Service context

1. Valarie A. Zeithaml, Leonard L. berry, and A. Parasuraman, (2004)“The Behavioral Consequences of Service Quality,” Journal of Marketing, 60, April 1996, 31-46; R. Kenneth Teas and Thomas E. DeCarlo, “An Examination and Extension of the Zone-of-Tolerance Model: A Comparison of Performance –Based Models on Perceived Quality, “ Journal of Service Research, 6, No. 3, 272-286.

2. Richard Harris, Kim Harris, and Steve Baron, (2003)“Theatrical Service Experiences: Dramatic Script Development with Employees, “ International Journal of Service Industry Management, 14,No. 2, 184-199.

3. Ray W. Coye, (2004) “Managing Customer Expectations in the Service Encounter, International Journal of Service Industry Management, 15, No. 4, 54-71.

4. Roger Bougie, Rik Pieters, and Marcel Zeelenberg (2005) “Angry Customers Don’t Come Back, They Get Back: The Experience and Behavioral Implications of Anger and Dissatisfaction in Service, “ Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 31, No. 4, 377-393; Florian v. Wangenheim, “Postswitching Negative Word of Mouth,” Journal of Service Research, 8, No. 1, 67-78.

5. Jean-Charles Chebat, Moshe Davidow, and Isabelle Codjovi (2005) “Silent Voices: Why Some Dissatisfied Consumers Fail to Complain,” Journal of Service Research, 7, No. 4, 328-342.

6. Nancy Stephens and Kevin P. Gwinner (1998), “Why Don’t Some People Complain? A Cognitive-Emotive Process Model of Consumer Complaining Behavior,” Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 26, No. 3, 172-189.

7. Yany Gregoire and Robert J. Fisher (2008), “Customer Betrayal and Retaliation: When Your Best Customers Become Your Worst Enemies,” Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 36, No. 2, 247-261.

8. Tom DeWitt, Doan T. Nguyen, and Roger Marshall (2008) “Exploring Customer Loyalty Following Service Recovery,” Journal of Service Research, 10, No. 3, 269-281.

9. Celso Augusto de Matos, Jorge Luiz Henrique, and Carlos Alberto Vargas Rossi (2007), “Service Recovery Paradox: A Meta-Analysis, “ Journal of Service Research, 10, No. 1, 60-77; Chihyung Ok, Ki-Joon back, and Carol W. Shankin (2007), “Mixed Findings on the Service Recovery Paradox” The Services Industry Journal, 27, No. 5, 671-686.

10. Stefan Michel and Matthew L. Meuter (2008) “The Service Recovery Paradox: True but Overrated?” International Journal of Service Industry Management, 19, No. 4, 441-457.

11. Jens Hogreve and Dwayne D. Germler (2009) “Twenty Years of Service Guarantee Research,” Journal of Service Research, 11, No. 4, 322-343.

Module Two: Customer Equity / Lifecycle management

1. Ruth Bolton, Katherine N. Lemon, and Peter C. Verhoef (2004) “The Theoretical Underpinnings of Customer Asset Management: A Framework and Propositions for Future Research,” Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 32, No. 3 271-292.

2. Frederick F. Reichheld and Phil Schefter (2002) “E-Loyalty-Your Secret Weapon on the Web,” Harvard Business Review, July-August, 105-113.

3. Christian Homburg, Nicole Koschate, and Wayne D. Hoyer (2005) “Do Satisfied Customers Really Pay More?A Study of the Relationship Between Customer Satisfaction and Willingness to Pay,”Journal of Marketing, 69, April, 84-96.

4. Grahame R. Dowling and Mark Uncles (2002) “Do Customer Loyalty Programs Really Work?”Sloan Management Review, Summer, 71-81; Werner Reinartz and V. Kumar, “The Mismanagement of Customer Loyalty,” Harvard Business Review, July, 86-94.

Page 139: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

139

5. Werner J. Reinartz and V. Kumar (2000) “On the Profitability of Long-Life Customers in a Non -Contractual Setting: An Empirical Investigation and Implications for Marketing,” Journal of Marketing, 64, October, 17-35.

6. John E. Hogan, Katherine N. Lemon, and Barak Libai (2003)”What is the True Cost of a Lost Customer?” Journal of Services Research, 5, No. 3, 196-208.

7. Jennifer Ames Stuart, Sunil Gupta, Donald R. Lehmann(2004) “Valuing Customers,” Journal of Marketing Research, 41, No. 1, 7-18.

8. Michael D. Johnson and Fred Selnes (2004) “Customer Portfolio Management Towards a Dynamic Theory of Exchange Relationships,” Journal of Marketing, 68, No. 2, 1-17.

9. Ka-shing Woo and Henry K.Y. Fock (2004) “Retaining and Divesting Customers: An Exploratory Study of Right Customers,’At-Risk’ Right Customers, and Wrong Customers,” Journal of Services Marketing, 18, No. 3, 187-197.

10. Yuping Liu (2007) “The Long-Term Impact of Loyalty Programs on Consumer Purchase Behavior and Loyalty,” Journal of Marketing, 71, No. 4, October, 27-42.

11. Roger Hallowell (1996) “The Relationships of Customer Satisfaction, Customer Loyalty, and Profitability: An Empirical Study,” International Journal of Service Industry Management, 7, No. 4, 1996, 27-42.

12. Christian Homburg, Mathias Droll, and Dirk Totzek (2008) “Customer Prioritization: Does it Pay Off, and How Should It Be Implemented?” Journal of Marketing, 72, No. 5, 110-130.

13. Valarie A. Zeithaml, Roland T. Rust, and Katharine N. Lemon (2001) “The Customer Pyramid: Creating and Serving Profitable Customers,” California Management Review, 43, No. 4, Summer,118-142.

14. Werner j. Reinartz and V. Kumar (2003) “The Impact of Customer Relationship Characteristics on Profitable Lifetime Duration,” Journal of Marketing, 67, No. 1, 77-99.

15. Neil A. Morgan and Lopo Leotte Rego (2006) “The Value of Different Customer Satisfaction and Loyalty Metrics in Predicting Business Performance,” Marketing Science, 25, No. 5, September- October, 426-439.

16. Dennis Pitta, Frank Franzak, and Danielle Fowler (2006) “A Strategic Approach to Building Online Customer Loyalty: Integrating Customer Profitability Tiers, “ Journal of Consumer Marketing, 23, No. 7, 421-429.

17. Inger Roos, Bo Edvardsson, and Anders Gustafsson (2004) “Customer Switching Patterns in Competitive and Noncompetitive Service Industries,” Journal of Service Research, 6, No. 3, 256-271.Adrian Payne and Pennie Frow (2005) “A Strategic Framework for Customer Relationship Management,” Journal of Marketing, 69 October, 167-176.

18. Adrian Payne and Pennie Frow (2005) “A Strategic Framework for Customer Relationship Management,” Journal of Marketing, 69 October, 167-176.

19. William Boulding, Richard Stalelin, Michael Ehret, and Wesley J. Johnson (2005), “A Customer Relationship Mangement Roadmap: What is Known, Potential Pitfalls, and Where to Go,” Journal of Marketing, 69, No. 4, 155-166.

20. Sudhir H. Kale (2004) “CRM Failure and the Seven Deadly Sins,” Marketing Management, September /October, 42-46.

21. Darrell K. Rigby, Frederick F. Reichheld, and Phil Schefter (2002) “Avoid the Four Perils of CRM,” Harvard Business Review, February, 108.

Module Three: Customer Satisfaction & Customer Quality

1. A. Parasuraman, Valerie A. Zeithaml, and Leonard L. Berry (1985) “A Conceptual Model of Service Quality and Its Implications for Future Research, “Journal of Marketing, 49, Fall 41-50.

2. Leonard L. Berry and A. Parasuraman (1997), “Listening to the Customer-The Concept of a Service Quality Information System,” Sloan Management Review 38, 65-76.

3. Jochen Wirtz and Lee Meng Chung (2003), “An Examination of the Quality and Context Specific Applicability of Commonly Used Customer Satisfaction Measures,” Journal of Service Research, 5, May, 345-355.

4. Robert Johnston and Sandy Mehra (2002), “Best Practice-Complaint Management,” Academy Of Management Executive, 16, No. 4, 145-154.

Page 140: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

140

5. D. Daryl Wyckoff (2001), “New Tools for Achieving Service Quality,” Cornell Hotel and Restaurant Administration Quarterly, 42, August-September, 25-38.

6. Roland T. Rust, Christine Moorman, and Peter R. Dickson (2002), “Getting Return on Quality: Revenue Expansion, Cost Reduction, or Both?” Journal of Marketing, 66, October, 7-24.

7. A. Parasuraman, Valarie A. Zeithaml, and Leonard Berry,(1988) “SERVQUAL: A Multiple Item Scale for Measuring Consumer Perceptions of Service Quality,” Journal of Retailing, 64, 12-40.

8. Lisa J. Morrison Coulthard (2004), “Measuring Service Quality: A Review and Critique of Research Using SERVQUAL,” International Journal of Market Research, 46, Quarter 4, 479-497.

9. A. Parasuraman, Valarie A. Zeithaml, and Arvind Malhotra (2005) “ES-QUAL: A Multiple-Item Scale for Assessing Electronic Service Quality,” Journal of Service Research, 7, No. 3, 213-233.

10. G.S. Sureshchandar, Chandrasekharan Rajendran, and R.N. Anantharaman (2001) “A Holistic Model for Total Service Quality,” International Journal of Service Industry Management, 12, No. 4, 378-412.

11. Jim Biolos (2002) “Six Sigma Meets the Service Economy,” Harvard Business Review, 80, November, 3-5.

Module Four: Striving for service leadership

1. James L. Heskitt, Thomas O. Jones, Gary W. Loveman, W. Earl Sasser Jr., and Leonard A. Schlesinger (1994) “Putting the Service Profit Chain to Work,” Harvard Business Review, 72, March/April.

2. Robert J. Kwortnik Jr. and Gary M. Thompson (2009), “Unifying Service Marketing and Operations with Service Experience Management, “Journal of Service Research, 11, No. 4, 389-406.

3. W. Chan Kim and Renee Mauborgne (2003) “Tipping Point Leadership,” Harvard Business Review, 81, April, 61-69.

4. Leonard l. Berry, Venkatesh Shankar, Janet Turner Parish, Susan Cadwallader, and Thomas Dotzel (2006) “Creating New Markets Through Service Innovation, “ MIT Sloan Management Review, 47, Winter, 56-63.

5. D. Michael Abrashoff (2001) “Retention Through Redemption,” Harvard Business Review 79, February, 136-141.

6. J. Hamm (2006) “The Five Messages Leaders Must Manage,” Harvard Business Review 84, May 115-123.

7. D. A. Nadler (2007), “The CEO’s 2nd Act,” Harvard Business Review 85, January, 66-72.

8. C.A. Montgomery (2008), “Putting Leadership Back into Strategy,” Harvard Business Review 86, January, 54-60.

9. Daniel Goleman (2000) “Leadership that Gets Results,” Harvard Business Review, 78, March-April, 78-93.

10. Rosabeth Moss Kanter (2008) “Transforming Giants,” Harvard Business Review 86 January, 43-52.

11. Hans Kasper (2002) “Culture and Leadership in Market-Oriented Service Organizations,“ European Journal of Marketing, 36, No. 9/10, 1047-1057; Ronald A. Clark, Michael D. Hartline, and Keith C. Jones (2009), “The Effects of Leadership Style on Hotel Employees’ Commitment to Service Quality,” Cornell Hospitality Quarterly, 50, No. 2, 209-231.

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Text Book required (If Any) TBA

References As mentioned above

Selected Reading Detailed Above

Class Attendance

Page 141: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

141

Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process

of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of

their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and

grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this

section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity Policy

The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by

intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD

also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and

behavior.

The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct

expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to

established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order,

discipline and stability on campus.

IX. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism,

misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as

a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

A. Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The

University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that

contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student

should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or

self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a

penalty for their dishonesty.

Page 142: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

142

Types of Plagiarism

▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.

▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by

both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research

material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student

work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found

to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do

so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-

campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Appendix A:

1. Author / Title 2. Main Research Questions Addressed 3. Importance of the research questions addressed 4. The article’s theoretical underpinnings as manifested by the reported literature review 5. The study major hypotheses / propositions 6. Issues pertain to the appropriateness of the research design elements (e.g. Sample design, research

instrument used, data collection sources and procedures, etc.) 7. Statistical Analysis: Comparison made & test performed 8. Key study findings & implications 9. Study limitation 10. Opportunities for future research

Page 143: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

143

FINANCE SPECIALIZATION

FIN 735 - Investment Analysis and Asset Pricing

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Investments and Asset Pricing

Course Code FIN 735

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Empirical Finance

Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description:

This seminar focuses on major theoretical models in discrete time Asset Pricing. While some mathematical derivations are necessary, the emphasis will be on understanding the intuition underlying the model, and what it means for asset pricing in reality. Each session is meant to introduce students to some classic and current pieces on the topic, and to point out some additional research in MENA region that would be valuable to students with a greater interest in topic. Course Objective (CO):

1. Provide students with a theoretical framework they can apply to help break down and understand the complicated asset pricing problems faced by academics and practitioners.

2. Provide students with the technical skills necessary for a career in finance

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:

1. Review and analyze major research ideas in the field of investments and asset pricing. 2. Integrate research works in investments/asset pricing. 3. Evaluate literature on particular topics in investment / asset pricing.

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Page 144: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

144

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Sharpe, W. (2018) Investors and Markets: Portfolio Choices, Asset Prices, and Investment Advice (Princeton Lectures in Finance). (Princeton University Press) Copeland, T.E., Weston, J.F., and Shastri, K. (2019). Financial Theory & Corporate Policy PNIE. Pearson.

References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class

Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO

Class Work (marks) 60%

Term Paper 40%

Blooms Level

K S AR SD RC

Assessment

One 30% Assessment

Two 30%

1 U √ 1 15 13

2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13

3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14

Total 30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students will be given an empirical article on Finance and are expected to answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1 & 2

30 Week 4

Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected give their own suggestions for future research – be it methodological or using other databases Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

2 & 3

30 Week 8

Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen

1, 2 & 3

40 Week 8

Page 145: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

145

their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php

2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/

Week

Lecture

Relation

to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 1 Module.1: Asset Pricing Theory: An

Introduction

- The purpose of capital markets - Uncertainty and Risk - Market Efficiency

Required Reading Copeland, Weston and

Shastri (2013) Chapter 1, 3

2 2 2 Module 2: State Preference Theory

- The Investor’s Problem - Pure Securities - First Order conditions and the

Stochastic Discount Factor - Risk, Returns, and the CAPM

Homework: Download and Install R (Matlab if you prefer). Read introduction to R. R is free statistical software available online at: http://www.r-project.org/. R is widely used and has similar features to Matlab and Gauss. Required Reading: Copeland, Weston and

Shastri (2013), Chapter 4

R2.1. Investments--Volume 1: Portfolio

Theory and Asset Pricing; Volume 2:

Securities, Prices and Performance

Rzepczynski, Mark S. Financial Analysts

Journal 57.2 (Mar/Apr 2

R2.2. Risk and Return in Banking: Evidence

from Bank Stock Returns Neuberger,

Jonathan A. Economic Review - Federal

Reserve Bank of San Francisco4 (Fall 1991):

18. 001): 82-83.

R2.3. Risk or Mispricing? From the Mouths of

Professionals Bloomfield, Robert; Michaely,

Page 146: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

146

Roni. Financial Management 33.3 (Autumn

2004): 61-81

3 3 2 Module 3: Portfolio Theory: Mean-

Variance

- Portfolio Allocations - Efficient Portfolios - Optimal Portfolios

Homework: Developing R (Matlab) code to

simulate an economy in which agents trade

until a financial equilibrium is reached:

Derivation of the CAPM in a mean-variance

framework; Complete vs Incomplete

Markets; Price per Chance; Individual and

Aggregate Consumption

Required Reading: Sharpe (2008), Chapter 4

pages 63 – 78

R3.1. A Delegated-Agent Asset-Pricing Model

Cornell, Bradford; Roll, Richard. Financial

Analysts Journal 61.1 (Jan/Feb 2005): 57-69.

R3.2. Intangible capital, corporate valuation

and asset pricing Danthine, Jean-Pierre; Jin,

Xiangrong. Economic Theory 32.1 (Jul 2007):

157-177.

R3.3. A Behavioral Approach to Asset Pricing

Antia, Murad J. Financial Analysts Journal

62.3 (May/Jun 2006): 70

Individual assignment 1 due this week.

4 4 2 Module 4: Asset Pricing Models

- The Law of One Price - The Basic Pricing Equation - Deriving measures of market

risk - Is beta the most appropriate

measure of market risk? - Sharpe Ratios and the CAPM. - People disagree. Does it

matter? - Asset Prices and uncertain

predictions - Unbiased and uncertain

predictions Biased and uncertain predictions

Required Reading: Sharpe (2008), Chapter 4

page 78 – 109, and Chapter 5

R4.1. An Islamic capital asset pricing model

Selim, Tarek H. Humanomics 24.2 (2008):

122-129

R4.2. Sharpe's State-Preference Approach

and Beyond: A Practitioner Overview Fogler,

H Russell. Journal of Portfolio Management

34.3 (Spring 2008): 120-131,10.

Page 147: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

147

ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE R.4.3. Abdelaziz, F. Ben, Fayedh, R. El, Rao, A.

(2009). A Discrete Stochastic Goal Program

for Portfolio Selection: The Case of United

Arab Emirates Equity Market. INFOR

(Information Systems and Operational

Research), Canadian Operational Research

Society, 47(1, February 2009), 5-13.

www.crt.umontreal.ca

5 5 3 Module 5: Investments & Portfolio

Analysis

R5.2. Rao, A. (2008). Analysis of Volatility

Persistence in Middle East Emerging Equity

Markets. Studies in Economics and Finance,

25(2), 93-111. www.abs.ac.uk/sieaf

R5.3. Global Risk Factors and the Cost of

Capital Koedijk, Kees G; van Dijk, Mathijs A.

Financial Analysts Journal 60.2 (Mar/Apr

2004): 32-38.

R5.4. Divergence of opinion and valuation in

a mean-variance framework Schnabel,

Jacques A. Studies in Economics and Finance

26.3 (2009): 148-154.

6 6 3 Module 6: Behavioral Finance R6.1. Beyond Black-Litterman: Letting the

Data Speak Zhou, Guofu. Journal of Portfolio

Management 36.1 (Fall 2009): 36-45.

R6.2. Is the Recent Financial Crisis Really a

"Once-in-a-Century" Event? Zhou, Guofu;

Zhu, Yingzi. Financial Analysts Journal 66.1

(Jan/Feb 2010): 24-27,1.

R6.3. The Real Estate Risk Premium: A

Developed/Emerging Country Panel Data

Analysis D'Argensio, John-John; Laurin,

Frédéric. Journal of Portfolio Management

35.5 (Sep 2009): 118-132.

Individual assignment 2 due this week.

7

7 3 Module 7: Advances in Asset Price

Models

R7.1. Betting Against Beta. A. Frazzini, L. H.

Pedersen. Journal of Financial Economics

111(1): 1-25

R7.2. Digesting Anomalies: An investment

approach. Review of Financial Studies 28(3):

650-705.

8

8 1,2,3 Term paper presentation Term paper due this week

ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE

Page 148: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

148

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is

essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers

are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s

learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are

stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)

Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.

Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.

9 9 1,2,3 Presentation (continued)

10 Feedback Suggestions for the future

Page 149: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

149

Types of Plagiarism

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source

by using identical words without attribution.

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally

without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the

strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed

by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Page 150: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

150

FIN 740 - Financial Market Microstructure

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Financial Market Microstructure

Course Code FIN 740

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Empirical Finance

Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description:

The field of market microstructure is concerned with how markets operate and how transaction dynamics

influence security price behavior. Market microstructure has quickly rapidly as an important subfield of

finance. The studies in this are concentrate on the relationships between liquidity, volatility, market

design, price discovery, and ultimately also social welfare. Different models in market microstructure offer

a framework for the investigations of trading volume and price momentums. The course covers the

canonical models in the field of microstructure and how they can be adjusted to investigate the effects of

recent changes in market structures and trading technologies (e.g., high frequency trading). They students

will also learn various relevant econometric models and how they can be applied in practice.

Course Objective (CO):

1. Provide students with a theoretical framework they can apply to help break down and understand the complicated financial markets and microstructure.

2. Provide students with the technical skills necessary for a career in financial markets and microstructure.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):

Upon completion of this workshop, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:

1. Review and analyze major research ideas in the field of financial markets and microstructure 2. Critique research works in markets and microstructure 3. Evaluate literature on particular topics in Financial markets.

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

Page 151: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

151

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Empirical Market Microstructure: The Institutions, Economics and Econometrics of

Securities Trading, Joel Hasbrouck, Oxford University Press, 2019

Trading and Exchanges, Larry Harris, 2018 Oxford University Press

References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class

Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO

Class Work (marks) 60%

Term Paper 40%

Blooms Level

K S AR SD RC

Assessment

One 30% Assessment

Two 30%

1 U √ 1 15 13

2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13

3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14

Total 30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students will be given an empirical article on Finance and are expected to answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions,

1 & 2 30 Week 4

Page 152: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

152

theories, research design, and key variables. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected give their own suggestions for future research – be it methodological or using other databases Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

2 & 3

30 Week 8

Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1, 2 & 3

40 Week 8

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php

2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/

Week

Lecture

Relation

to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 1 Microstructure?

All Harris Chapters that are related to

any term Hasbrouck brings up. These

are ‘mini’ chapters and should be read

according to index page identifiers. This

is true for every session in this

workshop

R1. Hasborouck Ch. 2-4

R2. Francioni and Schwartz

R3. Madhavan (2000), Market Microstructure:

A survey, Journal of Financial Markets 3, 205-

258

R4. Biais, Glosten and Spatt (2002), The

Microstructure of Stock Markets, Universite de

Toulouse.

R5. Comerton-Forde and Rydge (2004), A

Review of Stock Market Microstructure

(Securities Industry Research Centre of Asia-

Pacific, Sydney).

Page 153: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

153

R6. Goodhart, C., and M. O’Hara, 1998 “High

Frequency Data in Financial Markets: Issues

and Applications”, Journal of Empirical Finance

R7. Market microstructure: A practitioner's

guide Madhavan, Ananth. Financial Analysts

Journal 58.5 (Sep/Oct

2002): 28-42.

2 2 2 The Basic Models, Part II: Dealer

Markets

- Roll Model of Trade Prices, - Univariate Time Series

Analysis, - Dealer Markets and - Inventory Control Models

R1. Hasborouck Ch. 5-8

R2 Naik, N., and P. Yadav, 2003, Do Dealer

Firms Manage Inventory on a Stock-by-stock or

a Portfolio Basis? Journal of Financial

Economics 69, 325-353.

R3 Trading and information diffusion in over-

the-counter markets. Ana Babus and Péter

Kondor. Econometrica, 86(5):1727–1769, 2018.

3 3 2 Asymmetric trade/Sequential Trade

Models, Strategic Trade Models and

more

- Sequential Trade Models, - Order Flow and the

Probability of Informed Trading,

- Generalized Roll Model of Trade Prices

R1. Hasborouck Ch. 9-10

R2. Easley, David, Nicholas M. Kiefer and

Maureen O'Hara, 1997, One day in the life of a

very common stock. Review of Financial

Studies 10, 805-835;

R3. Thomas J. Finucane, 2000, A Direct Test of

Methods for Inferring Trade Direction from

Intra-Day Data The Journal of Financial and

Quantitative Analysis, Vol. 35, No. 4 (Dec.,

2000), pp. 553-576

4 4 2 Early Empirical Work on Intraday

patterns and on Spread

Decomposition, Part II, Multivariate

Linear Microstructure Models

- Intraday Patterns, - Decomposing Spreads, - Models of Orders and Prices,

Multivariate Models

ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE

R1. Glosten, L., and L. Harris, 1988, Estimating

the Components of the Bid-Ask Spread, Journal

of Financial Economics 21, 123-142.

R2. Stoll, H., 1989, Inferring the Components of

the Bid-Ask Spread: Theory and Empirical

Tests, Journal of Finance 44,

115-134.

Page 154: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

154

R3. Hasbrouck, Joel, 1988, Trades, quotes,

inventories, and information. Journal of

Financial Economics 22, 229-52

R4. Hasbrouck, Joel, 1991a, Measuring the

information content of stock trades. Journal of

Finance 46, 179-207

5 5 3 Market Making

R1. Hasbrouck, Ch. 11-12

R2. Is the market microstructure of stock

markets important? Randi Næs; Skjeltorp,

Johannes. Norges Bank. Economic Bulletin 77.3

(Oct 2006): 123-132.

R3. Market microstructure research databases:

History and projections Wood, Robert A.

Journal of Business & Economic Statistics 18.2

(Apr 2000): 140-145.

R4. Market making in international capital

markets Charitou, Andreas; Panayides, Marios.

International Journal of Managerial Finance

5.1 (2009): 50-80.

R4. Applied Market Microstructure Whitcomb,

David K. Journal of Applied Finance 13.2 (Fall

2003): 77-80.

6 6 3 Microstructure of Financial Markets

R1. The Microstructure of Financial Markets

Bergh, Friedrich R Then. Schmalenbach

Business Review : ZFBF 61.4 (Oct 2009): 416-

417.

R2. Market Microstructure: The Components

of Black-Box Asmar, Muath; Ahmad, Zamri.

International Journal of Economics and Finance

3.1 (Feb 2011): 152-159.

R3. The Intraday Behaviour of Bid-Ask Spreads,

Trading Volume and Return Volatility: Evidence

from DAX30 Hussain, Syed Mujahid.

International Journal of Economics and Finance

3.1 (Feb 2011): 23-34.

R3. Insider Ownership and Industrial

Competition: Causes and Consequences of

Information Asymmetry Chu, Ei Yet; Song, Saw

Imm. ASEAN Economic Bulletin 27.3 (Dec

2010): 263-280.

Page 155: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

155

7

7 3 Market Volatility, Trading & Market

Efficiency

R1. Hasborouck Ch. 13-15

R2. MARKET EFFICIENCY, THIN TRADING AND

NON-LINEAR BEHAVIOUR: EMERGING MARKET

EVIDENCE FROM SRI LANKA Pathirawasam,

Chandrapala; Idirisinghe, M S K. E+M Ekonomie

a Management1 (2011): 112-122.

R3. Taxonomy of Anomalies and Their Trading

Costs. R. Novy-Marx and M. Velikov. Review of

Financial Studies 29(1): 104-147.

R4. The determinants and survival of reverse

mergers vs IPOs Adjei, Frederick; Cyree, Ken B;

Walker, Mark M. Journal of Economics and

Finance 32.2 (Apr 2008): 176-194.

R5. THE EUROPEAN UNION AND THE BALKANS:

BETWEEN SYMBIOSIS AND INTEGRATION?

Kentrotis, Kyriakos D. Romanian Journal of

European Affairs 10.3 (Sep 2010): 56-69.

R6. THE INCREASING INTEGRATION OF THE

GLOBAL ECONOMY AND THE VARIABILITY OF

STOCK MARKET PRICES Robu, Valentina;

Cojocaru, Constantin; Mangra, Madalina

Giorgiana; Sperdea, Natalita Maria. Economics,

Management and Financial Markets 5.4 (Dec

2010): 232-237.

R7. Abstracts of Papers Presented at the center

Annual Meeting The Journal of Economic

History 64.2 (Jun 2004): 587-601.

R8. Theories of Markets and Theories of

Society Fourcade, Marion. The American

Behavioral Scientist 50.8 (Apr 2007): 1015-

1034.

R9. Testing of nonstationary cycles in financial

time series data DePenya, F J; Gil-Alana, L A.

Review of Quantitative Finance and Accounting

27.1 (Aug 2006): 47.

8

8 1,2,3 Final project presentations Term paper due this week.

ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE

9 9 1,2,3 Presentation (continued)

10 Feedback Suggestions for the future

Page 156: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

156

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is

essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers

are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s

learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are

stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)

Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.

Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source

by using identical words without attribution.

Page 157: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

157

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally

without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the

strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed

by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Page 158: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

158

FIN 745 - Current Research Issues in Finance

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Current research issues in Finance

Course Code FIN 745

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Empirical Finance

Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description:

This course is designed to help students to critically review a wide variety of current research in finance. The course

takes an attempt to find answers to questions such as: What is the anatomy of a scholarly contribution and how

does one conduct research in the field of Finance? What are some of the challenges of conducting research in the

field of finance? Each session is meant to introduce you to some classic and current pieces on the topic, and to point

out some additional research in MENA region that would be valuable to students with a greater interest in the topic.

Course Objective (CO): Students should be able to:

1. Understand and know the current research issues in finance. 2. Critically evaluate frontier research ideas and apply the underlying concepts in practice.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):

Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:

1. Review and analyze major research ideas in the field of finance. 2. Critique research works in finance. 3. Evaluate literature on particular topics in Finance

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs): This Course is Linked to the following

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Page 159: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

159

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Cases studies in finance 8th edition.MCGraw Hill (2019)

References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class

Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO

Class Work (marks) 60%

Term Paper 40%

Blooms Level

K S AR SD RC

Assessment

One 30% Assessment

Two 30%

1 U √ 1 15 13

2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13

3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14

Total 30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students will be given an empirical article on Finance and are expected to answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1 & 2

30 Week 4

Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected give their own suggestions for future research – be it using alternative analytic techniques or using other databases Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

2 & 3

30 Week 8

Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant

1, 2 & 3

40 Week 8

Page 160: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

160

citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php

2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/

Week

Lecture

Relation

to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 1 Financial Sector in

Developing Economies

R1. R1. Ruiz, J.L. 2018. Financial development,

institutional investors, and economic growth.

International Review of Economics and Finance 54:

218-224

R2. Intrinsic Bubbles in the American Stock Exchange:

The case of the S&P 500 Index Naoui, Kamel.

International Journal of Economics and Finance 3.1

(Feb 2011): 124-132.

R3. Exchange Rate Puzzles: A Review of the Recent

Theoretical and Empirical Developments Mokoena,

Thabo M; Gupta, Rangan; van Eyden, Renee. IUP

Journal of Monetary Economics 8.1/2 (Feb-May

2010): 77-112.

R4. Determinants of Islamic and conventional deposits

in the Malaysian banking system Sudin Haron and Wan

Nursofiza Wan Azmi. Managerial Finance 34.9 (2008):

618-643.

R5. Marie, A., Rao, A., Hossein, K. A. Analysis of

Productivity Changes in Insurance Sector in the UAE -

An Emerging Economy. International Journal of

Page 161: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

161

Managerial Finance, Emerald Publications, 2010, 6(4),

pp 329-343.

2 2 1 Empirical Research in

Developing Economies

R1. Bank Liability Structure, FDIC Loss, and Time to

Failure: A Quantile Regression Approach Schaeck,

Klaus. Journal of Financial Services Research 33.3 (Jun

2008): 163-179.

R2. Mean reversion in stock prices: new evidence from

panel unit root tests Narayan, Paresh Kumar; Narayan,

Seema. Studies in Economics and Finance 24.3 (2007):

233-244.

R3. The causal Relationship among Financial

Development, Trade Openness and Economic Growth

in Nigeria Chimobi, Omoke Philip. International Journal

of Economics and Finance 2.2 (May 2010): 137-147

R4. Bond Ratings with Artificial Neural Networks and

Econometric 9Models Yesilyaprak, Ata. American

Business Review 22.1 (Jan 2004): 113-123.

R5. Rettab, B., Kashani, H., Obay, L., Rao, A. (2010).

Impact of Market Power and Efficiency on

Performance of Banks in GCC countries. International

Research Journal of Finance & Economics(50), 190 -

203. www.eurojournals.com/finance.htm

3 3 2 Evidence of Causality in

Earnings in MENA countries

R1. Hassan, E.A. 2018. The role of stock exchange

efficiency in earnings quality: Evidence from the MENA

region. Research in International Business and Finance

44: 285-296.

R2. Management of Stock Price and It Effect on

Economic Growth: Case Study of West African

Financial Markets Herve, Drama Bedi Guy; Shen, Yao.

International Journal of Business and Management 6.2

(Feb 2011): 52-71.

R3. Exports, Imports and Economic Growth: An

Empirical Analysis of Tunisia Hye, Qazi Muhammad

Adnan; Boubaker, Houda Ben Haj. IUP Journal of

Monetary Economics 9.1 (Feb 2011): 6-21.

Page 162: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

162

R4. Interdependence of FDI between India and ASEAN-

5: Evidence from Causality Approach Pradhan, Rudra

P. International Business Research 3.4 (Oct 2010):

156-166

R5. The Impact of FDI and Financial Sector

Development on Economic Growth: Empirical Evidence

from Asia and Oceania Chee, Yen Li; Nair,

Mahendhiran. International Journal of Economics and

Finance 2.2 (May 2010): 107-119

4 4 2 Cointegration and Causality R1. The Savings-Investment Relationship:

Cointegration and Causality Evidence from Uemoa

Countries Esso, Loesse Jacques; Keho, Yaya.

International Journal of Economics and Finance 2.1

(Feb 2010): 174-181.

R2. Assessing UAE's oil dependence: an optimal control

approach Fernandes, Cedwyn; Karnik, Ajit. Education,

Business and Society: Contemporary Middle Eastern

Issues 2.2 (2009): 138-152.

R3. The Direction of Causality between Financial

Development and Economic Growth: Evidence from

Turkey Demirhan, Erdal; Aydemir, Oguzhan; Inkaya,

Ahmet. International Journal of Management 28.1

(Mar 2011): 3-19,198

R4. Marie, A., Rao, A., Kashani, H. (2009). Cost

Efficiency and Value Driver Analysis of Insurers in

Dubai an Emerging Economy. Managerial and Decision

Economics, 30(2009), 265-280.

www.interscience.wiley.com

Individual assignment 1 due this week

5 5 3 Financial Crisis in Emerging

Economies R1. Assessing the Impact of Financial Crisis on Bank

Performance: Empirical Evidence from Indonesia

Sufian, Fadzlan; Habibullah, Muzafar Shah. ASEAN

Economic Bulletin 27.3 (Dec 2010): 245-262

R2. Efficient Structure versus Market Power: Theories

and Empirical Evidence Mensi, Sami; Zouari,

Page 163: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

163

Abderrazak. International Journal of Economics and

Finance 2.4 (Nov 2010): 151-166.

R3. THE PERFORMANCE OF MICROINSURANCE

PROGRAMS: A DATA ENVELOPMENT ANALYSIS Biener,

Christian; Eling, Martin. Journal of Risk and Insurance

78.1 (Mar 2011): 83-115.

R4. Governance and Performance of Tunisian Banks

Trabelsi, Mohamed Ali. International Journal of

Economics and Finance 2.3 (Aug 2010): 189-198.

R5. Value-at-risk under extreme values: the relative

performance in MENA emerging stock markets

Maghyereh, Aktham I; Al-Zoubi, Haitham A.

International Journal of Managerial Finance, 2.2, 154-

172

6 6 4 Impact of Financial Crisis in

Emerging Economies

Module 6: Impact of Financial Crisis in Emerging

Economies

R1. Assessing the Impact of Financial Crisis on Bank

Performance: Empirical Evidence from Indonesia

Sufian, Fadzlan; Habibullah, Muzafar Shah. ASEAN

Economic Bulletin 27.3 (Dec 2010): 245-

262.Managerial Finance 2.2 (2006): 154-172.

R2. Time-varying characteristics of cross-market

linkages with empirical application to Gulf stock

markets Mohamed El Hedi Arouri; Nguyen, Duc

Khuong. Managerial Finance 36.1 (2010): 57-70.

R3. Private Equity Finance as a Growth Engine: What It

Means for Emerging Markets Eid, Florence. Business

Economics 41.3 (Jul 2006): 7-11,13-22.

R4. Cost Frontier Efficiency and Risk Return Analysis in an

Emerging Market, International Review of Financial

Analysis, USA, Vol. 14, # 2, 2005. pp 283-303,

R5. Analysis of UAE Bank Socks – Estimation of Betas of

Bank Stocks” Economic Horizons, Vol.21 No. 82 - AH –

1420 – 2000 (2), Quarterly Specialized Refereed Journal

Page 164: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

164

of The Federation of UAE Chambers of Commerce and

Industry, Abu Dhabi

Individual assignment 2 due this week

7

7 4 Trading Volume and

Volatility in Arab Economies

R1. The impact of trading volume on stock price

volatility in the Arab economy Sabri, Nidal Rashid.

Journal of Derivatives & Hedge Funds, suppl. Special

Issue: Middle Eastern Derivatives 14.3-4 (Nov 2008):

285-298.

R2. Empirical testing of the loss provisions of banks in

the GCC region Zoubi, Taisier A; Al-Khazali, Osamah.

Managerial Finance 33.7 (2007): 500-511.

R3. Islamic banking: the case of Algeria Abdelhafid

Benamraoui. International Journal of Islamic and

Middle Eastern Finance and Management 1.2 (2008):

113-131.

R4. The determinants of stock market development in

the Middle-Eastern and North African region Samy Ben

Naceur; Ghazouani, Samir; Omran, Mohamed.

Managerial Finance 33.7 (2007): 477-489.

R5. THE EFFECTS OF US MACROECONOMIC NEWS

ANNOUNCEMENTS ON EMERGING STOCK MARKETS IN

THE ASIA-PACIFIC REGION* Nikkinen, Jussi; Omran,

Mohammed; Sahlström, Petri; Äljö, Janne. The Asia

Pacific Journal of Economics & Business 12.1 (Jun

2008): 3-14,63-64.

R6. Activity-based diversification, corporate

governance, and the market valuation of commercial

banks in the Gulf Commercial Council Chahine, Salim.

Journal of Management & Governance 11.4 (2007):

353-382.

R7. An Intertemporal Test of the Beta Stationarity: the

case of Egypt Haddad, Mahmoud M. The Middle East

Business and Economic Review 19.1 (Jun 2007): 1-7.

Page 165: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

165

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is

essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers

are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s

learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are

stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)

Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.

R8. A common currency area for MENA countries? A

VAR analysis of viability Obiyathulla Ismath Bacha.

International Journal of Emerging Markets 3.2 (2008):

197-215.

R9. Ehab Zaki., Rahim Bah., Ananth Rao., “Assessing

Probabilities of Financial Distress of Banks in UAE”

(2011) Accepted for Publication in: International

Journal of Managerial Finance (forthcoming)

8

8 1,2,3 Term paper presentation Term paper presentation due this week

ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE

9 9 1,2,3 Term paper presentation

(continued)

10 Feedback Suggestions for the future

Page 166: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

166

Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source

by using identical words without attribution.

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally

without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the

strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed

by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Page 167: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

167

FIN 750 - Corporate Finance

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Corporate Finance

Course Code FIN 750

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Empirical Finance

Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description: This course will provide a theoretical and empirical treatment of major topics in corporate finance including capital structure, IPO (SEO), market timing, payout policy, internal capital market, CEO compensation and the market for corporate control. The purpose of the course is to acquaint students with critical issues in corporate finance and help students developing their own research topics in this particular field of finance. Course Objectives: The course is designed to achieve the following objectives: 1. Students will gain knowledge and understanding of current research in corporate finance. 2. Develop the ability to prepare a research project that establishes synergy from considering various research

contributions and perspectives in the field. Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this workshop, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:

1. Review and synthesize relevant literature related to corporate finance Critique research works in markets and microstructure

2. Critique relevant literature and provide critical analysis of corporate finance issues. 3. Integrate reviewed literature in a research project on a particular topic in the field

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Page 168: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

168

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Corporate Finance: Theory and Practice, 6thEdition (2019)

References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class

Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO

Class Work (marks) 60%

Term Paper 40%

Blooms Level

K S AR SD RC

Assessment

One 30% Assessment

Two 30%

1 U √ 1 15 13

2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13

3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14

Total 30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students will be given an empirical article on Finance and are expected to answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1 & 2

30 Week 4

Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected give their own suggestions for future research – be it methodological or using other databases Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

2 & 3

30 Week 8

Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology,

1, 2 & 3

40 Week 8

Page 169: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

169

Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php

2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/Week

Lecture

Relation to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 1 Modigliani-Miller Theorem Modigliani, F. and Merton, H. M. (1958), “The cost of capital, corporation finance and theory of investment”, American Economic Review Miller, Merton H. (1988), “The M-M proposition after 30 years”, Journal of Economic Perspective Graham, John R. (2003), “Taxes and corporate finance: A review”, Review of Financial Studies Recent extension of MM Theorem

2 2 1 Initial Public Offering Rock, Kevin (1986), “Why New Issues are Underpriced?”, Journal of Financial Economics Brav, Alon and Paul Gompers (1997), “Myth or Reality? The Long-Run Underperformance of Initial Public Offerings: Evidence from Venture and Nonventure Capital-backed Companies”, Journal of Finance Purnanandam, A. and B. Swaminathan (2004), “Are IPOs Really Underpriced,” Review of Financial Studies Recent development on IPO literature

3 3 2 Market Timing M. Bayliss and S. Chaplinsky (1996), “Is there a window of opportunity for seasoned equity issuance?” Journal of Finance Baker, Malcolm and Jeffrey Wurgler (2002), “Market-Timing and Capital Structure”, Journal of Finance Dirk Jenter (2005), “Market timing and managerial portfolio decision”, Journal of Finance Recent papers on market timing

4 4 2 Raising Capital ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE

Fazzari, Steve, Glenn Hubbard and Bruce Petersen (1988), “Financing constraints and corporate investment”, Brookings Papers on Economic Activity Kaplan, Steven and Luigi Zingales (1997), “Do investment-cash flow provide useful measures of financing constraints”, Quarterly Journal of Economics Stein, Jeremy (2003), “Agency, information and corporate investment”, Handbooks of Economics of Finance Scharfstein, David and Jeremy Stein (2000), “The dark side of internal capital markets: Divisional rent seeking and inefficient investment”, Journal of Finance Khanna, Naveen and Sheri Tice (2001), “The bright side of internal capital market”, Journal of Finance Durnev, Art, Randall Morck, and Bernard Yeung, (2004), “Value-enhancing capital budgeting and firm-specific stock return variation,” Journal of Finance Recent papers on capital financing

Page 170: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

170

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is essential to the

process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of their

academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations

for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

5 5 3 Payout Policies Miller, Merton H. and Kevin Rock (1985), “Dividend policy under information asymmetry,” Journal of Finance, 40 De Angelo, Harry, Linda De Angelo and Douglas J. Skinner (1996), “Reversal of fortune: Dividend signaling and the disappearance of sustained earnings growth”, Journal of Financial Economics Jagannathan, Murali, Clifford P. Stephens and Michael S. Weisbach (2000), “Financial flexibility and the choice between dividends and stock repurchases,” Journal of Financial Economics, 57 Benarzi, S., R. Michaely and R. Thaler (1997), “Do dividends signal the future or the past?”, Journal of Finance Nissim and Ziv (2001), “Dividend changes and future profitability”, Journal of Finance Recent papers on dividend policies

6 6 3 Merger and acquisition, Diversification

Jensen, Michael (1986), “Agency cost of free cash flow, corporate finance and takeovers, American Economic Review Shleifer, Andrei and Robert Vishny (2004), “Stock market driven acquisitions,” Journal of Financial Economics Graham, Lemmon and Wolf (2002), “Does corporate diversification destroy value?” Journal of Finance Mansi and Reeb (2002), “Corporate diversification: What gets discounted?” Journal of Finance Recent development on M&A and Diversification of firms

7

7 3 Corporate governance Introductory Readings Shleifer, Andrew and Robert Vishny (1997), “A survey of corporate governance,” Journal of Finance Morck, Randall ed. (2005), The history of corporate governance around the world: Family business groups to professional managers, National Bureau of Economic Research and the University of Chicago Press Morck, Randall (2011), “Finance and governance in developing economies, National Bureau of Economic Research Working Paper 16870 Recent research in corporate governance

8

8 1,2,3 Term paper presentation Term paper due this week ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE

9 9 1,2,3 Term paper presentation (continued)

Page 171: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

171

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18) Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.

Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

Plagiarism Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or

paraphrases a source by using identical words without attribution.

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source

intentionally without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of

plagiarism will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way

to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

Page 172: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

172

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the

course. The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Page 173: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

173

ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION

ACC 735 - Financial Accounting

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Financial Accounting Course Code ACC735

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description:

This course exposes doctoral students to the theoretical foundations of the contemporary approach to financial

reporting. This course also examines the political and other environmental factors that played a role in the

development of current accounting standards. Alternative theories and controversial topics in accounting are

discussed through a set of readings.

Course Objectives:

1. To recognize important conceptual weaknesses and limitations (anomalies) of the contemporary approach to financial reporting.

2. To evaluate the role of competing paradigms in financial accounting research. Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)

Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:

1. Synthesize relevant literature in financial accounting 2. Critique literature of a financial accounting issue. 3. Integrate reviewed literature in a research project on a particular financial accounting topic.

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Page 174: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

174

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Financial Accounting Theory by William Scott (Prentice Hall, 2019).

References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class

Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO

Class Work (marks) 60%

Term Paper 40%

Blooms Level

K S AR SD RC

Assessment

One 30% Assessment

Two 30%

1 U √ 1 15 13

2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13

3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14

Total 30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article on this subject and are asked to identify the research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. These are to be discussed relation to the subject matter Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1 & 2

30 Week 4

Assignment 2 Students are given another article where they have to analyze and answer questions similar to Assignment 1. However, more attention is given to the methodology and results section. Students are to critically evaluate the methods and results of the analyses as reported in the article and also give suggestions on how to take that research forward. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

2 & 3

30 Week 8

Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in accounting, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant

1, 2 & 3

40 Week 9

Page 175: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

175

citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php

2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/Week Lecture

Relation to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1,2 1 2

Theory formation and the current conceptual framework

1. Christopher P. Agoglia, Timothy S. Doupnik, and George T. Tsakumis (2011) Principles-Based versus Rules-Based Accounting Standards: The Influence of Standard Precision and Audit Committee Strength on Financial Reporting Decisions The Accounting Review 86(3), 747

1,2 2 2 Accounting approach under Ideal Conditions and non-Ideal conditions

William Cready, Thomas J. Lopez, and Craig A. Sisneros (2010), The Persistence and Market Valuation of Recurring Nonrecurring Items The Accounting Review 85(5), 1577

1,2 3 1

Critique

John Christensen (2010), Conceptual frameworks of accounting from an information perspective, Accounting & Business Research, Vol. 40 (3)

3,4 4 1

The Decision Usefulness Approach to Financial Reporting and Efficient Securities Market ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE

Jane Thayer (2011) Determinants of Investors' Information Acquisition: Credibility and Confirmation, The Accounting Review 86(1), 1 2.

3,4 5 2

The Information approach to

Decision Usefulness

Lundholm, R. J. (1999), “Reporting on the Past: A New Approach to Improving Accounting Today,” Accounting Horizon, Vol. 13, No. 4, pp. 315-322.

3,4 6 3

Critique

Wyatt, Arthur (1983), “Efficient Market Theory: Its Impact on Accounting,” Journal of Accountancy

Page 176: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

176

5,6

7 3

Measurement approach to decision usefulness and measurement application

Jeffrey Cohen, Lori Holder-Webb, Leda Nath, and David Wood (2011),Retail Investors’ Perceptions of the Decision-Usefulness of Sustainability, Governance And Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosures, Behavior Research in Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)

5,6

8 1,2,3

Standard Setting: Economic and Political Issues

Zeff, Stephen A. (March 2002) “Political Lobbying on Proposed Standards: A Challenge to the IASB,” Accounting Horizon, Vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 43-54. Zeff, Stephen A. (1978), “The Rise of Economic Consequences,” Journal of Accountancy, Vol. 146, No. 6, pp.56-63. Solomons, David (1978), “The Politicization of Accounting,” Journal of Accountancy, Vol. 146, No. 6, pp.56-63.

5,6 9 1,2,3

Critiques

Anthony, Robert (1982), “Equity Interest: Its Time Has Come,” Journal of Accountancy, Vol., No. , pp.56-63. Watts, Ross L. (September 2003), “Conservatism in Accounting Part 1: Explanations and Implications, Accounting Horizon, Vol.17, No. 3, pp. 207-222. Johnson, T. L., C. L. Reither and R. L. Swieringa (1995), “Toward s Reporting Comprehensive Income,” Accounting Horizon, Vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 128-137.

7,8 10 1,2,3

An Analysis of conflict and management compensation ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE

Beets, S. Douglas and Christopher C. Souther (June 1999), “Corporate Environmental Reports: The Need for Standards on Environmental Assurance Services,” Accounting Horizon, Vol.13 No. 2, pp. 129-145.

7,87,8 111 1,2,3

Environmental Accounting and Reporting

Aapo Länsiluoto, Marko Järvenpää (2008), Environmental and performance management forces: Integrating “greenness” into balanced scorecard, Qualitative Research in Accounting & Management, Vol. 5, No. 3, pp.184 – 206

2 1,2,3 Critique TERM PAPER DUE

Jessen L. Hobson, Mark J. Mellon, and Douglas E. Stevens (2011), Determinants of

Page 177: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

177

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is

essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers

are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s

learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are

stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)

Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.

Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

Moral Judgments Regarding Budgetary Slack: An Experimental Examination of Pay Scheme and Personal Values, Behavior Research in Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)

Page 178: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

178

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source

by using identical words without attribution.

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally

without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the

strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed

by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

Page 179: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

179

ACC 740 - Management Accounting

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Management Accounting

Course Code ACC 740

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Empirical Finance

Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description:

This course is designed to expose doctoral students to a selection of current research in managerial accounting, using

both different research designs (e.g., survey, experimental, and archival methods). Students should leave this course

with a proper level of knowledge of managerial research in accounting and be better able to create, analyze, and

critique such research. This course may also help those students who intend to work in this area to identify a thesis

(dissertation) topic.

Course Objectives:

The course is designed to achieve the following objectives:

1. Gain knowledge and understanding of the current research in managerial accounting. 2. Develop ability to prepare a research project that establishes synergy from considering various research

contributions and perspectives in the field.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):

Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:

1. Synthesize relevant literature of managerial accounting. 2. Critique research work in managerial accounting. 3. Integrate reviewed literature in a research project on a topic in managerial accounting

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Page 180: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

180

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Handbooks of Management Accounting Research 3-Volume Set Hardcover by Christopher S. Chapman (2018)

References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class

Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO

Class Work (marks) 60%

Term Paper 40%

Blooms Level

K S AR SD RC

Assessment

One 30% Assessment

Two 30%

1 U √ 1 15 13

2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13

3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14

Total 30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article on this subject and are asked to answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify the research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. These are to be discussed relation to the subject matter Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1 & 2

30 Week 4

Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. Students are required to critically evaluate the methods and results of the analyses as reported in the article and also give suggestions on how to take that research forward. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

2 & 3

30 Week 8

Page 181: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

181

Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in accounting, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1, 2 & 3

40 Week 9

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php

2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/

Week

Lecture

Relation

to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 1 Evolution of Management

Accounting and its

framework

Magdy Abdel-Kader, Robert Luther (2006), IFAC's

Conception of the Evolution of Management

Accounting: A Research Note, Advances in

Management Accounting, Vol. 15, pp. 229 – 247

Jacob G. Birnberg, (2011) A Proposed framework for

Behavioral Accounting Research* (2011), Behavior

Research in Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)

2 2 1 Effects of different

knowledge domains on

management accounting

framework

Ken Trotman (2011) A Different Personal Perspective

through the Behavioral Accounting Literature,

Behavior Research in Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)

3 3 2 Critique

Susan McCracken, Steven S. Salterio, Regan N.

Schmidt, (2011) Do Managers Intend to Use the Same

Negotiation Strategies as Partners?, Behavior Research

in Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)

4 4 2 Performance Evaluation

Systems

ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE

Chong M Lau, Kuan M Wong, Ian R C Eggleton (2008),

Fairness of performance evaluation procedures and

job satisfaction: the role of outcome-based and non-

outcome-based effects. Accounting and Business

Research. Vol. 38, No. 2; pp. 121-135.

Page 182: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

182

Jessen L. Hobson,Mark J. Mellon, and Douglas E.

Stevens (2011), Determinants of Moral Judgments

Regarding Budgetary Slack: An Experimental

Examination of Pay Scheme and Personal Values,

Behavior Research in Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)

5 5 3 Financial and Non-financial

Measures of Performance

Timothy A. Judge and Gerald R. Ferris. (February 1993)

“Social Context of Performance Evaluation Decisions,”

Academy of Management Journal, Vol. 36, No. 1, pg 80

6 6 4 Critique

Jonas Gerdin (2005), The Impact of Departmental

Interdependencies and Management Accounting

System Use on Subunit Performance, European

Accounting Review. Vol. 14, No. 2;

Neumann, Bruce R, Roberts, Michael L, Cauvin and

Eric (Nov/Dec 2008) “Financial and Nonfinancial

Performance Measures,” Cost Management, Vol. 22,

No. 6, pg 5

7

7 4 Heuristics, Judgment, and

decision making

Jan Libich (2009) “A note on the anchoring effect of

explicit inflation targets,” Macroeconomics Dynamics,

Vol. 13, pp 685-697.

Alastair Marsden and Madhu Veeraraghavan (2008)

“Heuristic of Representativeness, Anchoring and

Adjustment, and Leniency: Impact on Earnings’

Forecast by Australian Analysts,” Quarterly Journal of

Finance and Accounting, Vol. 47, No. 2, pg. 83.

Joeri Hofmans, Peter Theuns and Frederik Van Acker

(January 2009) “Combining quality and quantity. A

psychometric evaluation of the self-anchoring scale,”

Vol. 43, pp 703-716.

George Loewenstein, Don A. Moore and Roberto A.

Weber (2006) “Misperceiving the value of information

in predicting the performance of others,” Vol. 9, pp

281-295.

Kimberly Sawers, Arnold Wright, and Tina Zamora

(2011), Does Greater Risk-Bearing in Stock Option

Compensation Reduce the Influence of Problem

Framing on Managerial Risk-Taking Behavior? Behavior

Research in Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)

Robert Pinsker, Primacy or Recency? A Study of Order

Effects When Non-professional Investors are Provided

a Long Series of Disclosures, Behavior Research in

Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)

8

8 1,2,3 Framing effects, Information

order, and regency effects

Expertise, Knowledge and

Accountability

Cloyd (1997): Performance in tax research tasks: The

joint effects of knowledge and accountability.

Accounting Review

Tan and Kao (1999): Accountability effects on

auditors' performance: The influence of knowledge,

Page 183: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

183

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is

essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers

are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s

learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are

stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)

Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.

Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

Incentive, effort and

performance

ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE

problem-solving ability, and task complexity. Journal

of Accounting Research

Vera-Munoz, Kinney and Bonner (2001): The effects of

domain experience and task presentation format on

accountants’ information relevant assurance.

Accounting Review

Awasthi and Pratt (1990): The effects of monetary

incentives on effort and decision performance: The

role of cognitive characteristics. Accounting Review

Libby and Lipe (1992): Incentives, effort, and the

cognitive processes involved in accounting-related

judgments. Accounting Review

Sprinkle (2000): The effect of incentive contracts on

learning and performance. Accounting Review.

9 9 1,2,3 Term paper presentation

(continued)

10 Feedback Suggestions for the Future

Page 184: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

184

For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source

by using identical words without attribution.

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally

without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the

strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed

by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

ACC 745 - Current Accounting Issues

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Page 185: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

185

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Current accounting issues

Course Code ACC 745

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite none Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Brief Course Description:

This course exposes doctoral students to accounting issues that are not covered in the other two

research seminars (ACC 735 and ACC 740) such as auditing and international accounting research and

other issues that under consideration by standard setters (e.g., FASB and IASB).

Course Objectives :

The course is designed to achieve the following objectives :

1. Be able to read, synthesize and critique relevant literature in areas such as auditing and

international accounting .

2. Be able to take position for or against a proposed or new accounting standard.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the

following outcomes:

1.Review relevant literature such as auditing.

2.Critique a proposed or new accounting standard to support it or refute it.

3.Integrate reviewed literature in a research proposal on a specific topic in the field

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in

the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for

empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of

current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required The Routledge Companion to Auditing by by David Hay, W. Robert Knechel, Marleen Willekens (2016)

Page 186: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

186

Advances in International Accounting by J. Timothy Sale 2015) Protecting the Public Interest: Selected Governance, Regulatory Oversight, Auditing, Accounting, and Financial Reporting Issues by David M. Walker (2018)

References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class

Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO

Class Work (marks) 60%

Term Paper 40%

Blooms Level

K S AR SD RC

Assessment

One 30% Assessment

Two 30%

1 U √ 1 15 13

2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13

3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14

Total 30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article on this subject and are asked to identify the research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. These are to be discussed relation to the subject matter Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1 & 2

30 Week 4

Assignment 2 Students are given another article where they have to analyze and answer questions similar to Assignment 1. However, more attention is given to the methodology and results section. Students are to critically evaluate the methods and results of the analyses as reported in the article and also give suggestions on how to take that research forward. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

2 & 3

30 Week 8

Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in accounting, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology,

1, 2 & 3

40 Week 9

Page 187: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

187

Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php

2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/

Week

Lecture

Relation

to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1 1 1 Research in the area of

Auditing

Steve Buchheit, William R. Pasewark and

Jerry R. Strawser. (2009) “A comparison of

auditor and non-auditor performance

evaluations: Are accountants harsh critics?”

Managerial Auditing Journal, Vol. 24, No. 1,

pp 22-38.

Peecher, M.E., R. Schwartz, and I. Solomon

(2007), it’s all about audit

quality:Perspectives on strategic-systems

auditing, Accounting, Organizations and

Society 32, pp. 463-485.

Knechel, W.R. 2007, The business risk audit:

Origins, obstacles and opportunities,

Accounting, Organizations and Society 32,

pp. 383-408.

2 2 1 Critique

Hun-Tong Tan; Yip-Ow, Jackson (Winter 2011), Are

reviewers' judgments influenced by memo structure

and conclusions documented in audit work papers?,

Contemporary Accounting Research Vol. 18 , pp. 663-

678

Agoglia, Christopher P ,Hatfield, Richard C; and Brazel,

Joseph F (May 2009), The Effects of Audit Review

Format on Review Team Judgments, Auditing, Vol. 28 ,

pp. 95-111.

Page 188: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

188

Fukukawa, Hironori , Mock, Theodore J (Feb. 2011),

Audit Risk Assessments Using Belief versus Probability,

Auditing, Vol. 30, pp. 75-99.

DeZoort, F Todd, Hermanson, Dana R; Houston,

Richard W (May 2008), Audit Committee Member

Support for Proposed Audit Adjustments: Pre-SOX

versus Post-SOX Judgments, . Auditing , Vol. 27 , pp.

85-104.

3 3 2 Research in the area of

International Accounting

Prather-Kinsey, Jenice J, Prather-Kinsey,

Jenice, Rueschhoff, Norlin G (2004), An

Analysis of International Accounting

Research in U.S.- and Non-U.S.-Based

Academic Accounting Journals, Journal of

International Accounting Research, Vol. 3,

pp. 63-81.

Akisik, Orhan, Akisik, Orhan , Akisik, Orhan,

and Pfeiffer, Ray (2009), Globalization, US

foreign investments and accounting

standards, . Review of Accounting & Finance,

Vol. 8, pp. 5-37.

4 4 2 Critique

ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE

Meek, Gary K and Thomas, Wayne B. (2004), A Review

of Markets-Based International Accounting Research,

Journal of International Accounting Research, Vol. 3 (1)

pp. 21-41.

Carnegie, Garry D. and Napier, Christopher (2002),

Exploring comparative international accounting

history, Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal,

Vol. 15 (5) , pp. 689-718.

5 5 3 Proposed or new

financial

accounting/auditing

standards. These will

be selected based on

the current

developments.

R Gray - International journal of auditing, 2000 Current

developments and trends in social and environmental

auditing, reporting and attestation: a review and

comment

R Gray, D Owen, K Maunders - Accounting, Auditing &

…, 1988 Corporate social reporting: emerging trends in

accountability and the social contract

6 6 4 Critique

RL Burritt, S Schaltegger - Accounting,

Auditing & Accountability …, 2010

Sustainability accounting and reporting: fad

or trend?

Page 189: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

189

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is

essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers

are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s

learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are

stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

7

7 4 Proposed or new

international accounting

standards. These will be

selected based on the

current developments

RH Herz, KR Petrone - Nw. J. Int'l L. & Bus., 2004

Internaitonal Convergence of Accounting Standards-

Perspectives from the FASB on Challenges and

Opportunities Page 5 … 644 Page 15

L Hail, C Leuz, P Wysocki - Accounting Horizons, 2010

Global accounting convergence and the potential

adoption of IFRS by the US (Part II): Political factors

and future scenarios for US accounting standards

8

8 1,2,3 Critique

ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE

MD Chatham, RK Larson, A Vietze - Advances in

Accounting, 2010 Issues affecting the development of

an international accounting standard on financial

instruments

S Gallhofer, J Haslam - Socio-Economic Review, 2007

Exploring social, political and economic dimensions of

accounting in the global context: the International

Accounting Standards Board and accounting

disaggregation

9 9 1,2,3 TERM PAPER Presentation

10 Feedback Suggestions for future

Page 190: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

190

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)

Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.

Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

Plagiarism

Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source

by using identical words without attribution.

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally

without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the

strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed

by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree

The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

Page 191: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

191

MOODLE

Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.

The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.

ACC 750 - Business valuation

DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL

Term Academic Year

Program PhD Graduate X

Course Name Business valuation Course Code ACC750

Page 192: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

192

Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite None Co-requisite None

Class Time Days Room

Instructor

Name Email Phone Office Hours

Course Description:

This seminar develops students’ skills and ability to read and critically evaluate published empirical

research in accounting using different research paradigms. It emphasizes use of survey methods, use of

secondary data, use of quasi experiments, use of the historical approach, and experimental economics.

Course Objectives:

The course is designed to achieve the following objectives:

1. Synthesize relevant literature using different empirical research paradigms.

2. Evaluate position for or against a proposed or new research paradigm.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)

Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:

1. Review relevant literature on business valuation. 2. Critique a proposed or new business valuation to support it or refute it. 3. Integrate reviewed literature in a research proposal on a specific topic in the field

This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):

1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.

2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation

3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges

4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research

Page 193: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

193

Educational Resources

Educational Resource Description

Textbooks Required Financial Accounting Theory by William Scott (Prentice Hall, 2019).

References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class

Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)

CLO Assessment Scheme

CLO QFE Alignment √

Linked to CO

Linked to PLO

Class Work (marks) 60%

Term Paper 40%

Blooms Level

K S AR SD RC

Assessment

One 30% Assessment

Two 30%

1 U √ 1 15 13

2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13

3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14

Total 30 30 40

INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context

This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:

% Marks Grade Quality Points

90-100 A 4.0

87-89 A- 3.7

84-86 B+ 3.5

80-83 B 3.0

77-79 B- 2.7

74-76 C+ 2.3

70-73 C 2.0

0- 69 F (Fail) 0

Assessments

Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date

Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article on this subject and are asked to answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify the research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. These are to be discussed relation to the subject matter Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

1 & 2

30 Week 4

Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. Students are required to critically evaluate the methods and results of the analyses as reported in the article and also give suggestions on how to take that research forward. Where appropriate, alternative databases and analyses will be presented Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

2 & 3

30 Week 8

Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen

1, 2 & 3

40 Week 9

Page 194: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

194

their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation

Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:

1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php

2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.

Detailed Course outline

Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan

Day/Week Lecture

Relation to CLO

Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading

1, 1 2

Introduction to Research Paradigms in Accounting

Jacob G. Birnberg (2011), “A Proposed Framework for Behavioral Accounting Research,” Behavioral Research in Accounting, Spring, Vol. 23, No. 1, pp. 1-43 Ken T. Trotman (2011), “A Different Personal Perspective through the Behavioral Accounting Literature,” Behavioral Research in Accounting, Spring, Vol. 23, No. 1, pp. 203-208 BD Merino (1993), “An analysis of the development of accounting knowledge: a pragmatic approach, “Accounting, Organizations and Society, Vol. 18, No. 2-3, pp. 165-185 Barbara D. Merino and Alan G. Mayper (1993), “Accounting history and empirical research,” The Accounting Historians Journal, Vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 237-267

,2 2 2

Use of Survey Methods

- W.A. Van der Stede, S.M. Young and C.X. Chen (2007), “Assessing the quality of evidence in empirical management accounting research: The case of survey studies,” Accounting, Organizations and Society - Richard C. Hatfield, Scott B. Jackson, and Scott D. Vandervelde (2011) The Effects of Prior Auditor Involvement and Client Pressure on Proposed Audit Adjustments,” Behavioral Research in Accounting, Vol. 23, No. 2, pp. 117-130 - Robert J. Parker, Hossein Nouri, and Andrew F. Hayes (2011), “Distributive Justice, Promotion Instrumentality, and Turnover Intentions in Public Accounting

Page 195: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

195

Firms,” Behavioral Research in Accounting Vol. 23, No. 2, pp. 169-186 - Steven E. Kaplan, Kelly Richmond Pope, and Janet A. Samuels (2010), “The Effect of Social Confrontation on Individuals’ Intentions to Internally Report Fraud,” Behavioral Research in Accounting, Fall, Vol. 22, No. 2, pp. 51-67 - Bernard Wong-On-Wing, Lan Guo, and Gladie Lui (2010), “Intrinsic and Extrinsic Motivation and Participation in Budgeting: Antecedents and Consequences,” Behavioral Research in Accounting, Fall, Vol. 22, No. 2, pp. 133-153 Michael D. Kimbrough and Henock Louis (2011), Voluntary Disclosure to Influence Investor Reactions to Merger Announcements: An Examination of Conference Calls,” The Accounting Review , March 2011, Vol. 86, No. 2, pp. 637-667

3 3 1

Use of Secondary Data Methods

- Mohamed Shehata (1991), “Self-Selection Bias and the Economic Consequences of Accounting Regulation: An Application of Two-Stage Switching Regression to SFAS No. 2, “The Accounting Review, Vol. 66, No. 4, pp. 768-787 - Somnath Das, Kyonghee Kim, and Sukesh Patro (2011), “An Analysis of Managerial Use and Market Consequences of Earnings Management and Expectation Management,” The Accounting Review, Vol. 86, No. 6, pp. 1935-1967 - Feng Gu and Baruch Lev (2011), “Overpriced Shares, Ill-Advised Acquisitions, and Goodwill Impairment,” The Accounting Review, November 2011, Vol. 86, No. 6, pp. 1995-2022 - Gus De Franco, M. H. Franco Wong, and Yibin Zhou (2011), “Accounting Adjustments and the Valuation of Financial Statement Note Information in 10-K Filings,” The Accounting Review, September 2011, Vol. 86, No. 5, pp. 1577-1604 - Anne Beyer and Ilan Guttman (2011), “The Effect of Trading Volume on Analysts’ Forecast Bias,” The Accounting Review, March 2011, Vol. 86, No. 2, pp. 451-481

4 4 1

Use of Quasi Experimental Methods ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE

Jessen L. Hobson, Mark J. Mellon, and

Douglas E. Stevens (2011), “Determinants of

Moral Judgments Regarding Budgetary Slack:

An Experimental Examination of Pay Scheme

and Personal Values,” Behavioral Research in

Page 196: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

196

Accounting, Spring, Vol. 23, No. 1, pp. 87-

107

- Robert Pinsker (2011), “Primacy or

Recency? A Study of Order Effects When

Nonprofessional Investors are Provided a

Long Series of Disclosures,” Behavioral

Research in Accounting, Spring, Vol. 23, No.

1, pp. 161-183

5 5 2

Use of Quasi Experimental

Methods

. Anthony D. Nikias, Steven T. Schwartz, Eric E. Spires, Jim R. Wollscheid, and Richard A. Young (2010), “The Effects of Aggregation and Timing on Budgeting: An Experiment, ” Behavioral Research in Accounting, Spring, Vol. 22, No. 1, pp. 67-83 Karl J. Wang, Negotiating a Fair Value under Accounting Uncertainty: A Laboratory Experiment,” Behavioral Research in Accounting, Spring, Vol. 22, No. 1, pp. 109-134

6 6 3

Use of Historical Approach

- GARY JOHN (1990), “Accounting History: Definition and Relevance,” ABACUS, Vol. 26, No. 1, pp. 1-16. - AM Tinker, BD Merino (1982),“The normative origins of positive theories: ideology and accounting thought,” Accounting, Organizations and Society, Vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 167-200. - BD Merino (1982), “Disclosure regulation and public policy a sociohistorical reappraisal,” Journal of Accounting and Public Policy, Vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 33-57 BD Merino (1998), “Critical theory and accounting history: challenges and opportunities,” Critical Perspectives on Accounting, Vol. 9, No. 6, pp. 603-616

7

7 3

Use of Experimental Economics:

Steven J. Kachelmeier and Mohamed Shehata (1997), “Internal Auditing and Voluntary Cooperation in Firms: A Cross-Cultural Experiment,” The Accounting Review Vol. 72, No. 3, pp. 407-431 - Steven J. Kachelmeier and Mohamed Shehata (1992), “Examining Risk Preferences Under High Monetary Incentives: Experimental Evidence from the People's Republic of China,” The American Economic Review Vol. 82, No. 5, pp. 1120-1141

8

8 1,2,3 Use of Experimental Economics: ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE

. Bryan Church, James C. Gaa, S. M. Khalid

Nainar & Mohamed M. Shehata (2005).

Page 197: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

197

Class Attendance

Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is essential to the

process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of their

academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations

for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:

a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.

b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.

c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.

d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.

Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages

Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions

Percentage and Number of Session Absences

10% 20%

25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)

2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences

Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18) Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.

Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.

Experimental Evidence Relating to the

Person-Situation Interactionist Model of

Ethical Decision Making. Business Ethics

Quarterly Vol. 15 (3):363-383.

Mohamed M. Ahmed, Kun Young Chung &

John W. Eichenseher (2003). Business

Students' Perception of Ethics and Moral

Judgment: A Cross-Cultural Study. Journal of

Business Ethics 43 (1-2):89 - 102.

V. Umashanker Trivedi, Mohamed Shehata &

Bernadette Lynn (2003). Impact of Personal

and Situational Factors on Taxpayer

Compliance: An Experimental Analysis.

Journal of Business Ethics 47 (3):175 - 197

9 9 1,2,3 Term Paper Presentation and Discussion. Each student is expected to be actively involved in the discussion of the papers presented.

Page 198: October 2020 Program Document...Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process. E, APP √ √ 1,2 2 5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages

198

For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

Plagiarism Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.

Types of Plagiarism

• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).

• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or

paraphrases a source by using identical words without attribution.

• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source

intentionally without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of

plagiarism will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way

to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.

UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.

For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.

The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.

Removal of a Graduate Degree The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.

Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog

MOODLE Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are

automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the

course. The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.